21d3294c |
1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> |
2 | <html> |
3 | |
4 | <head> |
5 | <title>Lua 5.1 Reference Manual</title> |
6 | <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="lua.css"> |
7 | <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="manual.css"> |
8 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="content-type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1"> |
9 | </head> |
10 | |
11 | <body> |
12 | |
13 | <hr> |
14 | <h1> |
15 | <a href="http://www.lua.org/"><img src="logo.gif" alt="" border="0"></a> |
16 | Lua 5.1 Reference Manual |
17 | </h1> |
18 | |
19 | by Roberto Ierusalimschy, Luiz Henrique de Figueiredo, Waldemar Celes |
20 | <p> |
21 | <small> |
22 | Copyright © 2006-2008 Lua.org, PUC-Rio. |
23 | Freely available under the terms of the |
24 | <a href="http://www.lua.org/license.html#5">Lua license</a>. |
25 | </small> |
26 | <hr> |
27 | <p> |
28 | |
29 | <a href="contents.html#contents">contents</A> |
30 | · |
31 | <a href="contents.html#index">index</A> |
32 | |
33 | <!-- ====================================================================== --> |
34 | <p> |
35 | |
36 | <!-- $Id: manual.of,v 1.48 2008/08/18 15:24:20 roberto Exp $ --> |
37 | |
38 | |
39 | |
40 | |
41 | <h1>1 - <a name="1">Introduction</a></h1> |
42 | |
43 | <p> |
44 | Lua is an extension programming language designed to support |
45 | general procedural programming with data description |
46 | facilities. |
47 | It also offers good support for object-oriented programming, |
48 | functional programming, and data-driven programming. |
49 | Lua is intended to be used as a powerful, light-weight |
50 | scripting language for any program that needs one. |
51 | Lua is implemented as a library, written in <em>clean</em> C |
52 | (that is, in the common subset of ANSI C and C++). |
53 | |
54 | |
55 | <p> |
56 | Being an extension language, Lua has no notion of a "main" program: |
57 | it only works <em>embedded</em> in a host client, |
58 | called the <em>embedding program</em> or simply the <em>host</em>. |
59 | This host program can invoke functions to execute a piece of Lua code, |
60 | can write and read Lua variables, |
61 | and can register C functions to be called by Lua code. |
62 | Through the use of C functions, Lua can be augmented to cope with |
63 | a wide range of different domains, |
64 | thus creating customized programming languages sharing a syntactical framework. |
65 | The Lua distribution includes a sample host program called <code>lua</code>, |
66 | which uses the Lua library to offer a complete, stand-alone Lua interpreter. |
67 | |
68 | |
69 | <p> |
70 | Lua is free software, |
71 | and is provided as usual with no guarantees, |
72 | as stated in its license. |
73 | The implementation described in this manual is available |
74 | at Lua's official web site, <code>www.lua.org</code>. |
75 | |
76 | |
77 | <p> |
78 | Like any other reference manual, |
79 | this document is dry in places. |
80 | For a discussion of the decisions behind the design of Lua, |
81 | see the technical papers available at Lua's web site. |
82 | For a detailed introduction to programming in Lua, |
83 | see Roberto's book, <em>Programming in Lua (Second Edition)</em>. |
84 | |
85 | |
86 | |
87 | <h1>2 - <a name="2">The Language</a></h1> |
88 | |
89 | <p> |
90 | This section describes the lexis, the syntax, and the semantics of Lua. |
91 | In other words, |
92 | this section describes |
93 | which tokens are valid, |
94 | how they can be combined, |
95 | and what their combinations mean. |
96 | |
97 | |
98 | <p> |
99 | The language constructs will be explained using the usual extended BNF notation, |
100 | in which |
101 | {<em>a</em>} means 0 or more <em>a</em>'s, and |
102 | [<em>a</em>] means an optional <em>a</em>. |
103 | Non-terminals are shown like non-terminal, |
104 | keywords are shown like <b>kword</b>, |
105 | and other terminal symbols are shown like `<b>=</b>´. |
106 | The complete syntax of Lua can be found in <a href="#8">§8</a> |
107 | at the end of this manual. |
108 | |
109 | |
110 | |
111 | <h2>2.1 - <a name="2.1">Lexical Conventions</a></h2> |
112 | |
113 | <p> |
114 | <em>Names</em> |
115 | (also called <em>identifiers</em>) |
116 | in Lua can be any string of letters, |
117 | digits, and underscores, |
118 | not beginning with a digit. |
119 | This coincides with the definition of names in most languages. |
120 | (The definition of letter depends on the current locale: |
121 | any character considered alphabetic by the current locale |
122 | can be used in an identifier.) |
123 | Identifiers are used to name variables and table fields. |
124 | |
125 | |
126 | <p> |
127 | The following <em>keywords</em> are reserved |
128 | and cannot be used as names: |
129 | |
130 | |
131 | <pre> |
132 | and break do else elseif |
133 | end false for function if |
134 | in local nil not or |
135 | repeat return then true until while |
136 | </pre> |
137 | |
138 | <p> |
139 | Lua is a case-sensitive language: |
140 | <code>and</code> is a reserved word, but <code>And</code> and <code>AND</code> |
141 | are two different, valid names. |
142 | As a convention, names starting with an underscore followed by |
143 | uppercase letters (such as <a href="#pdf-_VERSION"><code>_VERSION</code></a>) |
144 | are reserved for internal global variables used by Lua. |
145 | |
146 | |
147 | <p> |
148 | The following strings denote other tokens: |
149 | |
150 | <pre> |
151 | + - * / % ^ # |
152 | == ~= <= >= < > = |
153 | ( ) { } [ ] |
154 | ; : , . .. ... |
155 | </pre> |
156 | |
157 | <p> |
158 | <em>Literal strings</em> |
159 | can be delimited by matching single or double quotes, |
160 | and can contain the following C-like escape sequences: |
161 | '<code>\a</code>' (bell), |
162 | '<code>\b</code>' (backspace), |
163 | '<code>\f</code>' (form feed), |
164 | '<code>\n</code>' (newline), |
165 | '<code>\r</code>' (carriage return), |
166 | '<code>\t</code>' (horizontal tab), |
167 | '<code>\v</code>' (vertical tab), |
168 | '<code>\\</code>' (backslash), |
169 | '<code>\"</code>' (quotation mark [double quote]), |
170 | and '<code>\'</code>' (apostrophe [single quote]). |
171 | Moreover, a backslash followed by a real newline |
172 | results in a newline in the string. |
173 | A character in a string can also be specified by its numerical value |
174 | using the escape sequence <code>\<em>ddd</em></code>, |
175 | where <em>ddd</em> is a sequence of up to three decimal digits. |
176 | (Note that if a numerical escape is to be followed by a digit, |
177 | it must be expressed using exactly three digits.) |
178 | Strings in Lua can contain any 8-bit value, including embedded zeros, |
179 | which can be specified as '<code>\0</code>'. |
180 | |
181 | |
182 | <p> |
183 | Literal strings can also be defined using a long format |
184 | enclosed by <em>long brackets</em>. |
185 | We define an <em>opening long bracket of level <em>n</em></em> as an opening |
186 | square bracket followed by <em>n</em> equal signs followed by another |
187 | opening square bracket. |
188 | So, an opening long bracket of level 0 is written as <code>[[</code>, |
189 | an opening long bracket of level 1 is written as <code>[=[</code>, |
190 | and so on. |
191 | A <em>closing long bracket</em> is defined similarly; |
192 | for instance, a closing long bracket of level 4 is written as <code>]====]</code>. |
193 | A long string starts with an opening long bracket of any level and |
194 | ends at the first closing long bracket of the same level. |
195 | Literals in this bracketed form can run for several lines, |
196 | do not interpret any escape sequences, |
197 | and ignore long brackets of any other level. |
198 | They can contain anything except a closing bracket of the proper level. |
199 | |
200 | |
201 | <p> |
202 | For convenience, |
203 | when the opening long bracket is immediately followed by a newline, |
204 | the newline is not included in the string. |
205 | As an example, in a system using ASCII |
206 | (in which '<code>a</code>' is coded as 97, |
207 | newline is coded as 10, and '<code>1</code>' is coded as 49), |
208 | the five literal strings below denote the same string: |
209 | |
210 | <pre> |
211 | a = 'alo\n123"' |
212 | a = "alo\n123\"" |
213 | a = '\97lo\10\04923"' |
214 | a = [[alo |
215 | 123"]] |
216 | a = [==[ |
217 | alo |
218 | 123"]==] |
219 | </pre> |
220 | |
221 | <p> |
222 | A <em>numerical constant</em> can be written with an optional decimal part |
223 | and an optional decimal exponent. |
224 | Lua also accepts integer hexadecimal constants, |
225 | by prefixing them with <code>0x</code>. |
226 | Examples of valid numerical constants are |
227 | |
228 | <pre> |
229 | 3 3.0 3.1416 314.16e-2 0.31416E1 0xff 0x56 |
230 | </pre> |
231 | |
232 | <p> |
233 | A <em>comment</em> starts with a double hyphen (<code>--</code>) |
234 | anywhere outside a string. |
235 | If the text immediately after <code>--</code> is not an opening long bracket, |
236 | the comment is a <em>short comment</em>, |
237 | which runs until the end of the line. |
238 | Otherwise, it is a <em>long comment</em>, |
239 | which runs until the corresponding closing long bracket. |
240 | Long comments are frequently used to disable code temporarily. |
241 | |
242 | |
243 | |
244 | |
245 | |
246 | <h2>2.2 - <a name="2.2">Values and Types</a></h2> |
247 | |
248 | <p> |
249 | Lua is a <em>dynamically typed language</em>. |
250 | This means that |
251 | variables do not have types; only values do. |
252 | There are no type definitions in the language. |
253 | All values carry their own type. |
254 | |
255 | |
256 | <p> |
257 | All values in Lua are <em>first-class values</em>. |
258 | This means that all values can be stored in variables, |
259 | passed as arguments to other functions, and returned as results. |
260 | |
261 | |
262 | <p> |
263 | There are eight basic types in Lua: |
264 | <em>nil</em>, <em>boolean</em>, <em>number</em>, |
265 | <em>string</em>, <em>function</em>, <em>userdata</em>, |
266 | <em>thread</em>, and <em>table</em>. |
267 | <em>Nil</em> is the type of the value <b>nil</b>, |
268 | whose main property is to be different from any other value; |
269 | it usually represents the absence of a useful value. |
270 | <em>Boolean</em> is the type of the values <b>false</b> and <b>true</b>. |
271 | Both <b>nil</b> and <b>false</b> make a condition false; |
272 | any other value makes it true. |
273 | <em>Number</em> represents real (double-precision floating-point) numbers. |
274 | (It is easy to build Lua interpreters that use other |
275 | internal representations for numbers, |
276 | such as single-precision float or long integers; |
277 | see file <code>luaconf.h</code>.) |
278 | <em>String</em> represents arrays of characters. |
279 | |
280 | Lua is 8-bit clean: |
281 | strings can contain any 8-bit character, |
282 | including embedded zeros ('<code>\0</code>') (see <a href="#2.1">§2.1</a>). |
283 | |
284 | |
285 | <p> |
286 | Lua can call (and manipulate) functions written in Lua and |
287 | functions written in C |
288 | (see <a href="#2.5.8">§2.5.8</a>). |
289 | |
290 | |
291 | <p> |
292 | The type <em>userdata</em> is provided to allow arbitrary C data to |
293 | be stored in Lua variables. |
294 | This type corresponds to a block of raw memory |
295 | and has no pre-defined operations in Lua, |
296 | except assignment and identity test. |
297 | However, by using <em>metatables</em>, |
298 | the programmer can define operations for userdata values |
299 | (see <a href="#2.8">§2.8</a>). |
300 | Userdata values cannot be created or modified in Lua, |
301 | only through the C API. |
302 | This guarantees the integrity of data owned by the host program. |
303 | |
304 | |
305 | <p> |
306 | The type <em>thread</em> represents independent threads of execution |
307 | and it is used to implement coroutines (see <a href="#2.11">§2.11</a>). |
308 | Do not confuse Lua threads with operating-system threads. |
309 | Lua supports coroutines on all systems, |
310 | even those that do not support threads. |
311 | |
312 | |
313 | <p> |
314 | The type <em>table</em> implements associative arrays, |
315 | that is, arrays that can be indexed not only with numbers, |
316 | but with any value (except <b>nil</b>). |
317 | Tables can be <em>heterogeneous</em>; |
318 | that is, they can contain values of all types (except <b>nil</b>). |
319 | Tables are the sole data structuring mechanism in Lua; |
320 | they can be used to represent ordinary arrays, |
321 | symbol tables, sets, records, graphs, trees, etc. |
322 | To represent records, Lua uses the field name as an index. |
323 | The language supports this representation by |
324 | providing <code>a.name</code> as syntactic sugar for <code>a["name"]</code>. |
325 | There are several convenient ways to create tables in Lua |
326 | (see <a href="#2.5.7">§2.5.7</a>). |
327 | |
328 | |
329 | <p> |
330 | Like indices, |
331 | the value of a table field can be of any type (except <b>nil</b>). |
332 | In particular, |
333 | because functions are first-class values, |
334 | table fields can contain functions. |
335 | Thus tables can also carry <em>methods</em> (see <a href="#2.5.9">§2.5.9</a>). |
336 | |
337 | |
338 | <p> |
339 | Tables, functions, threads, and (full) userdata values are <em>objects</em>: |
340 | variables do not actually <em>contain</em> these values, |
341 | only <em>references</em> to them. |
342 | Assignment, parameter passing, and function returns |
343 | always manipulate references to such values; |
344 | these operations do not imply any kind of copy. |
345 | |
346 | |
347 | <p> |
348 | The library function <a href="#pdf-type"><code>type</code></a> returns a string describing the type |
349 | of a given value. |
350 | |
351 | |
352 | |
353 | <h3>2.2.1 - <a name="2.2.1">Coercion</a></h3> |
354 | |
355 | <p> |
356 | Lua provides automatic conversion between |
357 | string and number values at run time. |
358 | Any arithmetic operation applied to a string tries to convert |
359 | this string to a number, following the usual conversion rules. |
360 | Conversely, whenever a number is used where a string is expected, |
361 | the number is converted to a string, in a reasonable format. |
362 | For complete control over how numbers are converted to strings, |
363 | use the <code>format</code> function from the string library |
364 | (see <a href="#pdf-string.format"><code>string.format</code></a>). |
365 | |
366 | |
367 | |
368 | |
369 | |
370 | |
371 | |
372 | <h2>2.3 - <a name="2.3">Variables</a></h2> |
373 | |
374 | <p> |
375 | Variables are places that store values. |
376 | |
377 | There are three kinds of variables in Lua: |
378 | global variables, local variables, and table fields. |
379 | |
380 | |
381 | <p> |
382 | A single name can denote a global variable or a local variable |
383 | (or a function's formal parameter, |
384 | which is a particular kind of local variable): |
385 | |
386 | <pre> |
387 | var ::= Name |
388 | </pre><p> |
389 | Name denotes identifiers, as defined in <a href="#2.1">§2.1</a>. |
390 | |
391 | |
392 | <p> |
393 | Any variable is assumed to be global unless explicitly declared |
394 | as a local (see <a href="#2.4.7">§2.4.7</a>). |
395 | Local variables are <em>lexically scoped</em>: |
396 | local variables can be freely accessed by functions |
397 | defined inside their scope (see <a href="#2.6">§2.6</a>). |
398 | |
399 | |
400 | <p> |
401 | Before the first assignment to a variable, its value is <b>nil</b>. |
402 | |
403 | |
404 | <p> |
405 | Square brackets are used to index a table: |
406 | |
407 | <pre> |
408 | var ::= prefixexp `<b>[</b>´ exp `<b>]</b>´ |
409 | </pre><p> |
410 | The meaning of accesses to global variables |
411 | and table fields can be changed via metatables. |
412 | An access to an indexed variable <code>t[i]</code> is equivalent to |
413 | a call <code>gettable_event(t,i)</code>. |
414 | (See <a href="#2.8">§2.8</a> for a complete description of the |
415 | <code>gettable_event</code> function. |
416 | This function is not defined or callable in Lua. |
417 | We use it here only for explanatory purposes.) |
418 | |
419 | |
420 | <p> |
421 | The syntax <code>var.Name</code> is just syntactic sugar for |
422 | <code>var["Name"]</code>: |
423 | |
424 | <pre> |
425 | var ::= prefixexp `<b>.</b>´ Name |
426 | </pre> |
427 | |
428 | <p> |
429 | All global variables live as fields in ordinary Lua tables, |
430 | called <em>environment tables</em> or simply |
431 | <em>environments</em> (see <a href="#2.9">§2.9</a>). |
432 | Each function has its own reference to an environment, |
433 | so that all global variables in this function |
434 | will refer to this environment table. |
435 | When a function is created, |
436 | it inherits the environment from the function that created it. |
437 | To get the environment table of a Lua function, |
438 | you call <a href="#pdf-getfenv"><code>getfenv</code></a>. |
439 | To replace it, |
440 | you call <a href="#pdf-setfenv"><code>setfenv</code></a>. |
441 | (You can only manipulate the environment of C functions |
442 | through the debug library; (see <a href="#5.9">§5.9</a>).) |
443 | |
444 | |
445 | <p> |
446 | An access to a global variable <code>x</code> |
447 | is equivalent to <code>_env.x</code>, |
448 | which in turn is equivalent to |
449 | |
450 | <pre> |
451 | gettable_event(_env, "x") |
452 | </pre><p> |
453 | where <code>_env</code> is the environment of the running function. |
454 | (See <a href="#2.8">§2.8</a> for a complete description of the |
455 | <code>gettable_event</code> function. |
456 | This function is not defined or callable in Lua. |
457 | Similarly, the <code>_env</code> variable is not defined in Lua. |
458 | We use them here only for explanatory purposes.) |
459 | |
460 | |
461 | |
462 | |
463 | |
464 | <h2>2.4 - <a name="2.4">Statements</a></h2> |
465 | |
466 | <p> |
467 | Lua supports an almost conventional set of statements, |
468 | similar to those in Pascal or C. |
469 | This set includes |
470 | assignments, control structures, function calls, |
471 | and variable declarations. |
472 | |
473 | |
474 | |
475 | <h3>2.4.1 - <a name="2.4.1">Chunks</a></h3> |
476 | |
477 | <p> |
478 | The unit of execution of Lua is called a <em>chunk</em>. |
479 | A chunk is simply a sequence of statements, |
480 | which are executed sequentially. |
481 | Each statement can be optionally followed by a semicolon: |
482 | |
483 | <pre> |
484 | chunk ::= {stat [`<b>;</b>´]} |
485 | </pre><p> |
486 | There are no empty statements and thus '<code>;;</code>' is not legal. |
487 | |
488 | |
489 | <p> |
490 | Lua handles a chunk as the body of an anonymous function |
491 | with a variable number of arguments |
492 | (see <a href="#2.5.9">§2.5.9</a>). |
493 | As such, chunks can define local variables, |
494 | receive arguments, and return values. |
495 | |
496 | |
497 | <p> |
498 | A chunk can be stored in a file or in a string inside the host program. |
499 | To execute a chunk, |
500 | Lua first pre-compiles the chunk into instructions for a virtual machine, |
501 | and then it executes the compiled code |
502 | with an interpreter for the virtual machine. |
503 | |
504 | |
505 | <p> |
506 | Chunks can also be pre-compiled into binary form; |
507 | see program <code>luac</code> for details. |
508 | Programs in source and compiled forms are interchangeable; |
509 | Lua automatically detects the file type and acts accordingly. |
510 | |
511 | |
512 | |
513 | |
514 | |
515 | |
516 | <h3>2.4.2 - <a name="2.4.2">Blocks</a></h3><p> |
517 | A block is a list of statements; |
518 | syntactically, a block is the same as a chunk: |
519 | |
520 | <pre> |
521 | block ::= chunk |
522 | </pre> |
523 | |
524 | <p> |
525 | A block can be explicitly delimited to produce a single statement: |
526 | |
527 | <pre> |
528 | stat ::= <b>do</b> block <b>end</b> |
529 | </pre><p> |
530 | Explicit blocks are useful |
531 | to control the scope of variable declarations. |
532 | Explicit blocks are also sometimes used to |
533 | add a <b>return</b> or <b>break</b> statement in the middle |
534 | of another block (see <a href="#2.4.4">§2.4.4</a>). |
535 | |
536 | |
537 | |
538 | |
539 | |
540 | <h3>2.4.3 - <a name="2.4.3">Assignment</a></h3> |
541 | |
542 | <p> |
543 | Lua allows multiple assignments. |
544 | Therefore, the syntax for assignment |
545 | defines a list of variables on the left side |
546 | and a list of expressions on the right side. |
547 | The elements in both lists are separated by commas: |
548 | |
549 | <pre> |
550 | stat ::= varlist `<b>=</b>´ explist |
551 | varlist ::= var {`<b>,</b>´ var} |
552 | explist ::= exp {`<b>,</b>´ exp} |
553 | </pre><p> |
554 | Expressions are discussed in <a href="#2.5">§2.5</a>. |
555 | |
556 | |
557 | <p> |
558 | Before the assignment, |
559 | the list of values is <em>adjusted</em> to the length of |
560 | the list of variables. |
561 | If there are more values than needed, |
562 | the excess values are thrown away. |
563 | If there are fewer values than needed, |
564 | the list is extended with as many <b>nil</b>'s as needed. |
565 | If the list of expressions ends with a function call, |
566 | then all values returned by that call enter the list of values, |
567 | before the adjustment |
568 | (except when the call is enclosed in parentheses; see <a href="#2.5">§2.5</a>). |
569 | |
570 | |
571 | <p> |
572 | The assignment statement first evaluates all its expressions |
573 | and only then are the assignments performed. |
574 | Thus the code |
575 | |
576 | <pre> |
577 | i = 3 |
578 | i, a[i] = i+1, 20 |
579 | </pre><p> |
580 | sets <code>a[3]</code> to 20, without affecting <code>a[4]</code> |
581 | because the <code>i</code> in <code>a[i]</code> is evaluated (to 3) |
582 | before it is assigned 4. |
583 | Similarly, the line |
584 | |
585 | <pre> |
586 | x, y = y, x |
587 | </pre><p> |
588 | exchanges the values of <code>x</code> and <code>y</code>, |
589 | and |
590 | |
591 | <pre> |
592 | x, y, z = y, z, x |
593 | </pre><p> |
594 | cyclically permutes the values of <code>x</code>, <code>y</code>, and <code>z</code>. |
595 | |
596 | |
597 | <p> |
598 | The meaning of assignments to global variables |
599 | and table fields can be changed via metatables. |
600 | An assignment to an indexed variable <code>t[i] = val</code> is equivalent to |
601 | <code>settable_event(t,i,val)</code>. |
602 | (See <a href="#2.8">§2.8</a> for a complete description of the |
603 | <code>settable_event</code> function. |
604 | This function is not defined or callable in Lua. |
605 | We use it here only for explanatory purposes.) |
606 | |
607 | |
608 | <p> |
609 | An assignment to a global variable <code>x = val</code> |
610 | is equivalent to the assignment |
611 | <code>_env.x = val</code>, |
612 | which in turn is equivalent to |
613 | |
614 | <pre> |
615 | settable_event(_env, "x", val) |
616 | </pre><p> |
617 | where <code>_env</code> is the environment of the running function. |
618 | (The <code>_env</code> variable is not defined in Lua. |
619 | We use it here only for explanatory purposes.) |
620 | |
621 | |
622 | |
623 | |
624 | |
625 | <h3>2.4.4 - <a name="2.4.4">Control Structures</a></h3><p> |
626 | The control structures |
627 | <b>if</b>, <b>while</b>, and <b>repeat</b> have the usual meaning and |
628 | familiar syntax: |
629 | |
630 | |
631 | |
632 | |
633 | <pre> |
634 | stat ::= <b>while</b> exp <b>do</b> block <b>end</b> |
635 | stat ::= <b>repeat</b> block <b>until</b> exp |
636 | stat ::= <b>if</b> exp <b>then</b> block {<b>elseif</b> exp <b>then</b> block} [<b>else</b> block] <b>end</b> |
637 | </pre><p> |
638 | Lua also has a <b>for</b> statement, in two flavors (see <a href="#2.4.5">§2.4.5</a>). |
639 | |
640 | |
641 | <p> |
642 | The condition expression of a |
643 | control structure can return any value. |
644 | Both <b>false</b> and <b>nil</b> are considered false. |
645 | All values different from <b>nil</b> and <b>false</b> are considered true |
646 | (in particular, the number 0 and the empty string are also true). |
647 | |
648 | |
649 | <p> |
650 | In the <b>repeat</b>–<b>until</b> loop, |
651 | the inner block does not end at the <b>until</b> keyword, |
652 | but only after the condition. |
653 | So, the condition can refer to local variables |
654 | declared inside the loop block. |
655 | |
656 | |
657 | <p> |
658 | The <b>return</b> statement is used to return values |
659 | from a function or a chunk (which is just a function). |
660 | |
661 | Functions and chunks can return more than one value, |
662 | and so the syntax for the <b>return</b> statement is |
663 | |
664 | <pre> |
665 | stat ::= <b>return</b> [explist] |
666 | </pre> |
667 | |
668 | <p> |
669 | The <b>break</b> statement is used to terminate the execution of a |
670 | <b>while</b>, <b>repeat</b>, or <b>for</b> loop, |
671 | skipping to the next statement after the loop: |
672 | |
673 | |
674 | <pre> |
675 | stat ::= <b>break</b> |
676 | </pre><p> |
677 | A <b>break</b> ends the innermost enclosing loop. |
678 | |
679 | |
680 | <p> |
681 | The <b>return</b> and <b>break</b> |
682 | statements can only be written as the <em>last</em> statement of a block. |
683 | If it is really necessary to <b>return</b> or <b>break</b> in the |
684 | middle of a block, |
685 | then an explicit inner block can be used, |
686 | as in the idioms |
687 | <code>do return end</code> and <code>do break end</code>, |
688 | because now <b>return</b> and <b>break</b> are the last statements in |
689 | their (inner) blocks. |
690 | |
691 | |
692 | |
693 | |
694 | |
695 | <h3>2.4.5 - <a name="2.4.5">For Statement</a></h3> |
696 | |
697 | <p> |
698 | |
699 | The <b>for</b> statement has two forms: |
700 | one numeric and one generic. |
701 | |
702 | |
703 | <p> |
704 | The numeric <b>for</b> loop repeats a block of code while a |
705 | control variable runs through an arithmetic progression. |
706 | It has the following syntax: |
707 | |
708 | <pre> |
709 | stat ::= <b>for</b> Name `<b>=</b>´ exp `<b>,</b>´ exp [`<b>,</b>´ exp] <b>do</b> block <b>end</b> |
710 | </pre><p> |
711 | The <em>block</em> is repeated for <em>name</em> starting at the value of |
712 | the first <em>exp</em>, until it passes the second <em>exp</em> by steps of the |
713 | third <em>exp</em>. |
714 | More precisely, a <b>for</b> statement like |
715 | |
716 | <pre> |
717 | for v = <em>e1</em>, <em>e2</em>, <em>e3</em> do <em>block</em> end |
718 | </pre><p> |
719 | is equivalent to the code: |
720 | |
721 | <pre> |
722 | do |
723 | local <em>var</em>, <em>limit</em>, <em>step</em> = tonumber(<em>e1</em>), tonumber(<em>e2</em>), tonumber(<em>e3</em>) |
724 | if not (<em>var</em> and <em>limit</em> and <em>step</em>) then error() end |
725 | while (<em>step</em> > 0 and <em>var</em> <= <em>limit</em>) or (<em>step</em> <= 0 and <em>var</em> >= <em>limit</em>) do |
726 | local v = <em>var</em> |
727 | <em>block</em> |
728 | <em>var</em> = <em>var</em> + <em>step</em> |
729 | end |
730 | end |
731 | </pre><p> |
732 | Note the following: |
733 | |
734 | <ul> |
735 | |
736 | <li> |
737 | All three control expressions are evaluated only once, |
738 | before the loop starts. |
739 | They must all result in numbers. |
740 | </li> |
741 | |
742 | <li> |
743 | <code><em>var</em></code>, <code><em>limit</em></code>, and <code><em>step</em></code> are invisible variables. |
744 | The names shown here are for explanatory purposes only. |
745 | </li> |
746 | |
747 | <li> |
748 | If the third expression (the step) is absent, |
749 | then a step of 1 is used. |
750 | </li> |
751 | |
752 | <li> |
753 | You can use <b>break</b> to exit a <b>for</b> loop. |
754 | </li> |
755 | |
756 | <li> |
757 | The loop variable <code>v</code> is local to the loop; |
758 | you cannot use its value after the <b>for</b> ends or is broken. |
759 | If you need this value, |
760 | assign it to another variable before breaking or exiting the loop. |
761 | </li> |
762 | |
763 | </ul> |
764 | |
765 | <p> |
766 | The generic <b>for</b> statement works over functions, |
767 | called <em>iterators</em>. |
768 | On each iteration, the iterator function is called to produce a new value, |
769 | stopping when this new value is <b>nil</b>. |
770 | The generic <b>for</b> loop has the following syntax: |
771 | |
772 | <pre> |
773 | stat ::= <b>for</b> namelist <b>in</b> explist <b>do</b> block <b>end</b> |
774 | namelist ::= Name {`<b>,</b>´ Name} |
775 | </pre><p> |
776 | A <b>for</b> statement like |
777 | |
778 | <pre> |
779 | for <em>var_1</em>, ···, <em>var_n</em> in <em>explist</em> do <em>block</em> end |
780 | </pre><p> |
781 | is equivalent to the code: |
782 | |
783 | <pre> |
784 | do |
785 | local <em>f</em>, <em>s</em>, <em>var</em> = <em>explist</em> |
786 | while true do |
787 | local <em>var_1</em>, ···, <em>var_n</em> = <em>f</em>(<em>s</em>, <em>var</em>) |
788 | <em>var</em> = <em>var_1</em> |
789 | if <em>var</em> == nil then break end |
790 | <em>block</em> |
791 | end |
792 | end |
793 | </pre><p> |
794 | Note the following: |
795 | |
796 | <ul> |
797 | |
798 | <li> |
799 | <code><em>explist</em></code> is evaluated only once. |
800 | Its results are an <em>iterator</em> function, |
801 | a <em>state</em>, |
802 | and an initial value for the first <em>iterator variable</em>. |
803 | </li> |
804 | |
805 | <li> |
806 | <code><em>f</em></code>, <code><em>s</em></code>, and <code><em>var</em></code> are invisible variables. |
807 | The names are here for explanatory purposes only. |
808 | </li> |
809 | |
810 | <li> |
811 | You can use <b>break</b> to exit a <b>for</b> loop. |
812 | </li> |
813 | |
814 | <li> |
815 | The loop variables <code><em>var_i</em></code> are local to the loop; |
816 | you cannot use their values after the <b>for</b> ends. |
817 | If you need these values, |
818 | then assign them to other variables before breaking or exiting the loop. |
819 | </li> |
820 | |
821 | </ul> |
822 | |
823 | |
824 | |
825 | |
826 | <h3>2.4.6 - <a name="2.4.6">Function Calls as Statements</a></h3><p> |
827 | To allow possible side-effects, |
828 | function calls can be executed as statements: |
829 | |
830 | <pre> |
831 | stat ::= functioncall |
832 | </pre><p> |
833 | In this case, all returned values are thrown away. |
834 | Function calls are explained in <a href="#2.5.8">§2.5.8</a>. |
835 | |
836 | |
837 | |
838 | |
839 | |
840 | <h3>2.4.7 - <a name="2.4.7">Local Declarations</a></h3><p> |
841 | Local variables can be declared anywhere inside a block. |
842 | The declaration can include an initial assignment: |
843 | |
844 | <pre> |
845 | stat ::= <b>local</b> namelist [`<b>=</b>´ explist] |
846 | </pre><p> |
847 | If present, an initial assignment has the same semantics |
848 | of a multiple assignment (see <a href="#2.4.3">§2.4.3</a>). |
849 | Otherwise, all variables are initialized with <b>nil</b>. |
850 | |
851 | |
852 | <p> |
853 | A chunk is also a block (see <a href="#2.4.1">§2.4.1</a>), |
854 | and so local variables can be declared in a chunk outside any explicit block. |
855 | The scope of such local variables extends until the end of the chunk. |
856 | |
857 | |
858 | <p> |
859 | The visibility rules for local variables are explained in <a href="#2.6">§2.6</a>. |
860 | |
861 | |
862 | |
863 | |
864 | |
865 | |
866 | |
867 | <h2>2.5 - <a name="2.5">Expressions</a></h2> |
868 | |
869 | <p> |
870 | The basic expressions in Lua are the following: |
871 | |
872 | <pre> |
873 | exp ::= prefixexp |
874 | exp ::= <b>nil</b> | <b>false</b> | <b>true</b> |
875 | exp ::= Number |
876 | exp ::= String |
877 | exp ::= function |
878 | exp ::= tableconstructor |
879 | exp ::= `<b>...</b>´ |
880 | exp ::= exp binop exp |
881 | exp ::= unop exp |
882 | prefixexp ::= var | functioncall | `<b>(</b>´ exp `<b>)</b>´ |
883 | </pre> |
884 | |
885 | <p> |
886 | Numbers and literal strings are explained in <a href="#2.1">§2.1</a>; |
887 | variables are explained in <a href="#2.3">§2.3</a>; |
888 | function definitions are explained in <a href="#2.5.9">§2.5.9</a>; |
889 | function calls are explained in <a href="#2.5.8">§2.5.8</a>; |
890 | table constructors are explained in <a href="#2.5.7">§2.5.7</a>. |
891 | Vararg expressions, |
892 | denoted by three dots ('<code>...</code>'), can only be used when |
893 | directly inside a vararg function; |
894 | they are explained in <a href="#2.5.9">§2.5.9</a>. |
895 | |
896 | |
897 | <p> |
898 | Binary operators comprise arithmetic operators (see <a href="#2.5.1">§2.5.1</a>), |
899 | relational operators (see <a href="#2.5.2">§2.5.2</a>), logical operators (see <a href="#2.5.3">§2.5.3</a>), |
900 | and the concatenation operator (see <a href="#2.5.4">§2.5.4</a>). |
901 | Unary operators comprise the unary minus (see <a href="#2.5.1">§2.5.1</a>), |
902 | the unary <b>not</b> (see <a href="#2.5.3">§2.5.3</a>), |
903 | and the unary <em>length operator</em> (see <a href="#2.5.5">§2.5.5</a>). |
904 | |
905 | |
906 | <p> |
907 | Both function calls and vararg expressions can result in multiple values. |
908 | If an expression is used as a statement |
909 | (only possible for function calls (see <a href="#2.4.6">§2.4.6</a>)), |
910 | then its return list is adjusted to zero elements, |
911 | thus discarding all returned values. |
912 | If an expression is used as the last (or the only) element |
913 | of a list of expressions, |
914 | then no adjustment is made |
915 | (unless the call is enclosed in parentheses). |
916 | In all other contexts, |
917 | Lua adjusts the result list to one element, |
918 | discarding all values except the first one. |
919 | |
920 | |
921 | <p> |
922 | Here are some examples: |
923 | |
924 | <pre> |
925 | f() -- adjusted to 0 results |
926 | g(f(), x) -- f() is adjusted to 1 result |
927 | g(x, f()) -- g gets x plus all results from f() |
928 | a,b,c = f(), x -- f() is adjusted to 1 result (c gets nil) |
929 | a,b = ... -- a gets the first vararg parameter, b gets |
930 | -- the second (both a and b can get nil if there |
931 | -- is no corresponding vararg parameter) |
932 | |
933 | a,b,c = x, f() -- f() is adjusted to 2 results |
934 | a,b,c = f() -- f() is adjusted to 3 results |
935 | return f() -- returns all results from f() |
936 | return ... -- returns all received vararg parameters |
937 | return x,y,f() -- returns x, y, and all results from f() |
938 | {f()} -- creates a list with all results from f() |
939 | {...} -- creates a list with all vararg parameters |
940 | {f(), nil} -- f() is adjusted to 1 result |
941 | </pre> |
942 | |
943 | <p> |
944 | Any expression enclosed in parentheses always results in only one value. |
945 | Thus, |
946 | <code>(f(x,y,z))</code> is always a single value, |
947 | even if <code>f</code> returns several values. |
948 | (The value of <code>(f(x,y,z))</code> is the first value returned by <code>f</code> |
949 | or <b>nil</b> if <code>f</code> does not return any values.) |
950 | |
951 | |
952 | |
953 | <h3>2.5.1 - <a name="2.5.1">Arithmetic Operators</a></h3><p> |
954 | Lua supports the usual arithmetic operators: |
955 | the binary <code>+</code> (addition), |
956 | <code>-</code> (subtraction), <code>*</code> (multiplication), |
957 | <code>/</code> (division), <code>%</code> (modulo), and <code>^</code> (exponentiation); |
958 | and unary <code>-</code> (negation). |
959 | If the operands are numbers, or strings that can be converted to |
960 | numbers (see <a href="#2.2.1">§2.2.1</a>), |
961 | then all operations have the usual meaning. |
962 | Exponentiation works for any exponent. |
963 | For instance, <code>x^(-0.5)</code> computes the inverse of the square root of <code>x</code>. |
964 | Modulo is defined as |
965 | |
966 | <pre> |
967 | a % b == a - math.floor(a/b)*b |
968 | </pre><p> |
969 | That is, it is the remainder of a division that rounds |
970 | the quotient towards minus infinity. |
971 | |
972 | |
973 | |
974 | |
975 | |
976 | <h3>2.5.2 - <a name="2.5.2">Relational Operators</a></h3><p> |
977 | The relational operators in Lua are |
978 | |
979 | <pre> |
980 | == ~= < > <= >= |
981 | </pre><p> |
982 | These operators always result in <b>false</b> or <b>true</b>. |
983 | |
984 | |
985 | <p> |
986 | Equality (<code>==</code>) first compares the type of its operands. |
987 | If the types are different, then the result is <b>false</b>. |
988 | Otherwise, the values of the operands are compared. |
989 | Numbers and strings are compared in the usual way. |
990 | Objects (tables, userdata, threads, and functions) |
991 | are compared by <em>reference</em>: |
992 | two objects are considered equal only if they are the <em>same</em> object. |
993 | Every time you create a new object |
994 | (a table, userdata, thread, or function), |
995 | this new object is different from any previously existing object. |
996 | |
997 | |
998 | <p> |
999 | You can change the way that Lua compares tables and userdata |
1000 | by using the "eq" metamethod (see <a href="#2.8">§2.8</a>). |
1001 | |
1002 | |
1003 | <p> |
1004 | The conversion rules of <a href="#2.2.1">§2.2.1</a> |
1005 | <em>do not</em> apply to equality comparisons. |
1006 | Thus, <code>"0"==0</code> evaluates to <b>false</b>, |
1007 | and <code>t[0]</code> and <code>t["0"]</code> denote different |
1008 | entries in a table. |
1009 | |
1010 | |
1011 | <p> |
1012 | The operator <code>~=</code> is exactly the negation of equality (<code>==</code>). |
1013 | |
1014 | |
1015 | <p> |
1016 | The order operators work as follows. |
1017 | If both arguments are numbers, then they are compared as such. |
1018 | Otherwise, if both arguments are strings, |
1019 | then their values are compared according to the current locale. |
1020 | Otherwise, Lua tries to call the "lt" or the "le" |
1021 | metamethod (see <a href="#2.8">§2.8</a>). |
1022 | A comparison <code>a > b</code> is translated to <code>b < a</code> |
1023 | and <code>a >= b</code> is translated to <code>b <= a</code>. |
1024 | |
1025 | |
1026 | |
1027 | |
1028 | |
1029 | <h3>2.5.3 - <a name="2.5.3">Logical Operators</a></h3><p> |
1030 | The logical operators in Lua are |
1031 | <b>and</b>, <b>or</b>, and <b>not</b>. |
1032 | Like the control structures (see <a href="#2.4.4">§2.4.4</a>), |
1033 | all logical operators consider both <b>false</b> and <b>nil</b> as false |
1034 | and anything else as true. |
1035 | |
1036 | |
1037 | <p> |
1038 | The negation operator <b>not</b> always returns <b>false</b> or <b>true</b>. |
1039 | The conjunction operator <b>and</b> returns its first argument |
1040 | if this value is <b>false</b> or <b>nil</b>; |
1041 | otherwise, <b>and</b> returns its second argument. |
1042 | The disjunction operator <b>or</b> returns its first argument |
1043 | if this value is different from <b>nil</b> and <b>false</b>; |
1044 | otherwise, <b>or</b> returns its second argument. |
1045 | Both <b>and</b> and <b>or</b> use short-cut evaluation; |
1046 | that is, |
1047 | the second operand is evaluated only if necessary. |
1048 | Here are some examples: |
1049 | |
1050 | <pre> |
1051 | 10 or 20 --> 10 |
1052 | 10 or error() --> 10 |
1053 | nil or "a" --> "a" |
1054 | nil and 10 --> nil |
1055 | false and error() --> false |
1056 | false and nil --> false |
1057 | false or nil --> nil |
1058 | 10 and 20 --> 20 |
1059 | </pre><p> |
1060 | (In this manual, |
1061 | <code>--></code> indicates the result of the preceding expression.) |
1062 | |
1063 | |
1064 | |
1065 | |
1066 | |
1067 | <h3>2.5.4 - <a name="2.5.4">Concatenation</a></h3><p> |
1068 | The string concatenation operator in Lua is |
1069 | denoted by two dots ('<code>..</code>'). |
1070 | If both operands are strings or numbers, then they are converted to |
1071 | strings according to the rules mentioned in <a href="#2.2.1">§2.2.1</a>. |
1072 | Otherwise, the "concat" metamethod is called (see <a href="#2.8">§2.8</a>). |
1073 | |
1074 | |
1075 | |
1076 | |
1077 | |
1078 | <h3>2.5.5 - <a name="2.5.5">The Length Operator</a></h3> |
1079 | |
1080 | <p> |
1081 | The length operator is denoted by the unary operator <code>#</code>. |
1082 | The length of a string is its number of bytes |
1083 | (that is, the usual meaning of string length when each |
1084 | character is one byte). |
1085 | |
1086 | |
1087 | <p> |
1088 | The length of a table <code>t</code> is defined to be any |
1089 | integer index <code>n</code> |
1090 | such that <code>t[n]</code> is not <b>nil</b> and <code>t[n+1]</code> is <b>nil</b>; |
1091 | moreover, if <code>t[1]</code> is <b>nil</b>, <code>n</code> can be zero. |
1092 | For a regular array, with non-nil values from 1 to a given <code>n</code>, |
1093 | its length is exactly that <code>n</code>, |
1094 | the index of its last value. |
1095 | If the array has "holes" |
1096 | (that is, <b>nil</b> values between other non-nil values), |
1097 | then <code>#t</code> can be any of the indices that |
1098 | directly precedes a <b>nil</b> value |
1099 | (that is, it may consider any such <b>nil</b> value as the end of |
1100 | the array). |
1101 | |
1102 | |
1103 | |
1104 | |
1105 | |
1106 | <h3>2.5.6 - <a name="2.5.6">Precedence</a></h3><p> |
1107 | Operator precedence in Lua follows the table below, |
1108 | from lower to higher priority: |
1109 | |
1110 | <pre> |
1111 | or |
1112 | and |
1113 | < > <= >= ~= == |
1114 | .. |
1115 | + - |
1116 | * / % |
1117 | not # - (unary) |
1118 | ^ |
1119 | </pre><p> |
1120 | As usual, |
1121 | you can use parentheses to change the precedences of an expression. |
1122 | The concatenation ('<code>..</code>') and exponentiation ('<code>^</code>') |
1123 | operators are right associative. |
1124 | All other binary operators are left associative. |
1125 | |
1126 | |
1127 | |
1128 | |
1129 | |
1130 | <h3>2.5.7 - <a name="2.5.7">Table Constructors</a></h3><p> |
1131 | Table constructors are expressions that create tables. |
1132 | Every time a constructor is evaluated, a new table is created. |
1133 | A constructor can be used to create an empty table |
1134 | or to create a table and initialize some of its fields. |
1135 | The general syntax for constructors is |
1136 | |
1137 | <pre> |
1138 | tableconstructor ::= `<b>{</b>´ [fieldlist] `<b>}</b>´ |
1139 | fieldlist ::= field {fieldsep field} [fieldsep] |
1140 | field ::= `<b>[</b>´ exp `<b>]</b>´ `<b>=</b>´ exp | Name `<b>=</b>´ exp | exp |
1141 | fieldsep ::= `<b>,</b>´ | `<b>;</b>´ |
1142 | </pre> |
1143 | |
1144 | <p> |
1145 | Each field of the form <code>[exp1] = exp2</code> adds to the new table an entry |
1146 | with key <code>exp1</code> and value <code>exp2</code>. |
1147 | A field of the form <code>name = exp</code> is equivalent to |
1148 | <code>["name"] = exp</code>. |
1149 | Finally, fields of the form <code>exp</code> are equivalent to |
1150 | <code>[i] = exp</code>, where <code>i</code> are consecutive numerical integers, |
1151 | starting with 1. |
1152 | Fields in the other formats do not affect this counting. |
1153 | For example, |
1154 | |
1155 | <pre> |
1156 | a = { [f(1)] = g; "x", "y"; x = 1, f(x), [30] = 23; 45 } |
1157 | </pre><p> |
1158 | is equivalent to |
1159 | |
1160 | <pre> |
1161 | do |
1162 | local t = {} |
1163 | t[f(1)] = g |
1164 | t[1] = "x" -- 1st exp |
1165 | t[2] = "y" -- 2nd exp |
1166 | t.x = 1 -- t["x"] = 1 |
1167 | t[3] = f(x) -- 3rd exp |
1168 | t[30] = 23 |
1169 | t[4] = 45 -- 4th exp |
1170 | a = t |
1171 | end |
1172 | </pre> |
1173 | |
1174 | <p> |
1175 | If the last field in the list has the form <code>exp</code> |
1176 | and the expression is a function call or a vararg expression, |
1177 | then all values returned by this expression enter the list consecutively |
1178 | (see <a href="#2.5.8">§2.5.8</a>). |
1179 | To avoid this, |
1180 | enclose the function call or the vararg expression |
1181 | in parentheses (see <a href="#2.5">§2.5</a>). |
1182 | |
1183 | |
1184 | <p> |
1185 | The field list can have an optional trailing separator, |
1186 | as a convenience for machine-generated code. |
1187 | |
1188 | |
1189 | |
1190 | |
1191 | |
1192 | <h3>2.5.8 - <a name="2.5.8">Function Calls</a></h3><p> |
1193 | A function call in Lua has the following syntax: |
1194 | |
1195 | <pre> |
1196 | functioncall ::= prefixexp args |
1197 | </pre><p> |
1198 | In a function call, |
1199 | first prefixexp and args are evaluated. |
1200 | If the value of prefixexp has type <em>function</em>, |
1201 | then this function is called |
1202 | with the given arguments. |
1203 | Otherwise, the prefixexp "call" metamethod is called, |
1204 | having as first parameter the value of prefixexp, |
1205 | followed by the original call arguments |
1206 | (see <a href="#2.8">§2.8</a>). |
1207 | |
1208 | |
1209 | <p> |
1210 | The form |
1211 | |
1212 | <pre> |
1213 | functioncall ::= prefixexp `<b>:</b>´ Name args |
1214 | </pre><p> |
1215 | can be used to call "methods". |
1216 | A call <code>v:name(<em>args</em>)</code> |
1217 | is syntactic sugar for <code>v.name(v,<em>args</em>)</code>, |
1218 | except that <code>v</code> is evaluated only once. |
1219 | |
1220 | |
1221 | <p> |
1222 | Arguments have the following syntax: |
1223 | |
1224 | <pre> |
1225 | args ::= `<b>(</b>´ [explist] `<b>)</b>´ |
1226 | args ::= tableconstructor |
1227 | args ::= String |
1228 | </pre><p> |
1229 | All argument expressions are evaluated before the call. |
1230 | A call of the form <code>f{<em>fields</em>}</code> is |
1231 | syntactic sugar for <code>f({<em>fields</em>})</code>; |
1232 | that is, the argument list is a single new table. |
1233 | A call of the form <code>f'<em>string</em>'</code> |
1234 | (or <code>f"<em>string</em>"</code> or <code>f[[<em>string</em>]]</code>) |
1235 | is syntactic sugar for <code>f('<em>string</em>')</code>; |
1236 | that is, the argument list is a single literal string. |
1237 | |
1238 | |
1239 | <p> |
1240 | As an exception to the free-format syntax of Lua, |
1241 | you cannot put a line break before the '<code>(</code>' in a function call. |
1242 | This restriction avoids some ambiguities in the language. |
1243 | If you write |
1244 | |
1245 | <pre> |
1246 | a = f |
1247 | (g).x(a) |
1248 | </pre><p> |
1249 | Lua would see that as a single statement, <code>a = f(g).x(a)</code>. |
1250 | So, if you want two statements, you must add a semi-colon between them. |
1251 | If you actually want to call <code>f</code>, |
1252 | you must remove the line break before <code>(g)</code>. |
1253 | |
1254 | |
1255 | <p> |
1256 | A call of the form <code>return</code> <em>functioncall</em> is called |
1257 | a <em>tail call</em>. |
1258 | Lua implements <em>proper tail calls</em> |
1259 | (or <em>proper tail recursion</em>): |
1260 | in a tail call, |
1261 | the called function reuses the stack entry of the calling function. |
1262 | Therefore, there is no limit on the number of nested tail calls that |
1263 | a program can execute. |
1264 | However, a tail call erases any debug information about the |
1265 | calling function. |
1266 | Note that a tail call only happens with a particular syntax, |
1267 | where the <b>return</b> has one single function call as argument; |
1268 | this syntax makes the calling function return exactly |
1269 | the returns of the called function. |
1270 | So, none of the following examples are tail calls: |
1271 | |
1272 | <pre> |
1273 | return (f(x)) -- results adjusted to 1 |
1274 | return 2 * f(x) |
1275 | return x, f(x) -- additional results |
1276 | f(x); return -- results discarded |
1277 | return x or f(x) -- results adjusted to 1 |
1278 | </pre> |
1279 | |
1280 | |
1281 | |
1282 | |
1283 | <h3>2.5.9 - <a name="2.5.9">Function Definitions</a></h3> |
1284 | |
1285 | <p> |
1286 | The syntax for function definition is |
1287 | |
1288 | <pre> |
1289 | function ::= <b>function</b> funcbody |
1290 | funcbody ::= `<b>(</b>´ [parlist] `<b>)</b>´ block <b>end</b> |
1291 | </pre> |
1292 | |
1293 | <p> |
1294 | The following syntactic sugar simplifies function definitions: |
1295 | |
1296 | <pre> |
1297 | stat ::= <b>function</b> funcname funcbody |
1298 | stat ::= <b>local</b> <b>function</b> Name funcbody |
1299 | funcname ::= Name {`<b>.</b>´ Name} [`<b>:</b>´ Name] |
1300 | </pre><p> |
1301 | The statement |
1302 | |
1303 | <pre> |
1304 | function f () <em>body</em> end |
1305 | </pre><p> |
1306 | translates to |
1307 | |
1308 | <pre> |
1309 | f = function () <em>body</em> end |
1310 | </pre><p> |
1311 | The statement |
1312 | |
1313 | <pre> |
1314 | function t.a.b.c.f () <em>body</em> end |
1315 | </pre><p> |
1316 | translates to |
1317 | |
1318 | <pre> |
1319 | t.a.b.c.f = function () <em>body</em> end |
1320 | </pre><p> |
1321 | The statement |
1322 | |
1323 | <pre> |
1324 | local function f () <em>body</em> end |
1325 | </pre><p> |
1326 | translates to |
1327 | |
1328 | <pre> |
1329 | local f; f = function () <em>body</em> end |
1330 | </pre><p> |
1331 | <em>not</em> to |
1332 | |
1333 | <pre> |
1334 | local f = function () <em>body</em> end |
1335 | </pre><p> |
1336 | (This only makes a difference when the body of the function |
1337 | contains references to <code>f</code>.) |
1338 | |
1339 | |
1340 | <p> |
1341 | A function definition is an executable expression, |
1342 | whose value has type <em>function</em>. |
1343 | When Lua pre-compiles a chunk, |
1344 | all its function bodies are pre-compiled too. |
1345 | Then, whenever Lua executes the function definition, |
1346 | the function is <em>instantiated</em> (or <em>closed</em>). |
1347 | This function instance (or <em>closure</em>) |
1348 | is the final value of the expression. |
1349 | Different instances of the same function |
1350 | can refer to different external local variables |
1351 | and can have different environment tables. |
1352 | |
1353 | |
1354 | <p> |
1355 | Parameters act as local variables that are |
1356 | initialized with the argument values: |
1357 | |
1358 | <pre> |
1359 | parlist ::= namelist [`<b>,</b>´ `<b>...</b>´] | `<b>...</b>´ |
1360 | </pre><p> |
1361 | When a function is called, |
1362 | the list of arguments is adjusted to |
1363 | the length of the list of parameters, |
1364 | unless the function is a variadic or <em>vararg function</em>, |
1365 | which is |
1366 | indicated by three dots ('<code>...</code>') at the end of its parameter list. |
1367 | A vararg function does not adjust its argument list; |
1368 | instead, it collects all extra arguments and supplies them |
1369 | to the function through a <em>vararg expression</em>, |
1370 | which is also written as three dots. |
1371 | The value of this expression is a list of all actual extra arguments, |
1372 | similar to a function with multiple results. |
1373 | If a vararg expression is used inside another expression |
1374 | or in the middle of a list of expressions, |
1375 | then its return list is adjusted to one element. |
1376 | If the expression is used as the last element of a list of expressions, |
1377 | then no adjustment is made |
1378 | (unless that last expression is enclosed in parentheses). |
1379 | |
1380 | |
1381 | <p> |
1382 | As an example, consider the following definitions: |
1383 | |
1384 | <pre> |
1385 | function f(a, b) end |
1386 | function g(a, b, ...) end |
1387 | function r() return 1,2,3 end |
1388 | </pre><p> |
1389 | Then, we have the following mapping from arguments to parameters and |
1390 | to the vararg expression: |
1391 | |
1392 | <pre> |
1393 | CALL PARAMETERS |
1394 | |
1395 | f(3) a=3, b=nil |
1396 | f(3, 4) a=3, b=4 |
1397 | f(3, 4, 5) a=3, b=4 |
1398 | f(r(), 10) a=1, b=10 |
1399 | f(r()) a=1, b=2 |
1400 | |
1401 | g(3) a=3, b=nil, ... --> (nothing) |
1402 | g(3, 4) a=3, b=4, ... --> (nothing) |
1403 | g(3, 4, 5, 8) a=3, b=4, ... --> 5 8 |
1404 | g(5, r()) a=5, b=1, ... --> 2 3 |
1405 | </pre> |
1406 | |
1407 | <p> |
1408 | Results are returned using the <b>return</b> statement (see <a href="#2.4.4">§2.4.4</a>). |
1409 | If control reaches the end of a function |
1410 | without encountering a <b>return</b> statement, |
1411 | then the function returns with no results. |
1412 | |
1413 | |
1414 | <p> |
1415 | The <em>colon</em> syntax |
1416 | is used for defining <em>methods</em>, |
1417 | that is, functions that have an implicit extra parameter <code>self</code>. |
1418 | Thus, the statement |
1419 | |
1420 | <pre> |
1421 | function t.a.b.c:f (<em>params</em>) <em>body</em> end |
1422 | </pre><p> |
1423 | is syntactic sugar for |
1424 | |
1425 | <pre> |
1426 | t.a.b.c.f = function (self, <em>params</em>) <em>body</em> end |
1427 | </pre> |
1428 | |
1429 | |
1430 | |
1431 | |
1432 | |
1433 | |
1434 | <h2>2.6 - <a name="2.6">Visibility Rules</a></h2> |
1435 | |
1436 | <p> |
1437 | |
1438 | Lua is a lexically scoped language. |
1439 | The scope of variables begins at the first statement <em>after</em> |
1440 | their declaration and lasts until the end of the innermost block that |
1441 | includes the declaration. |
1442 | Consider the following example: |
1443 | |
1444 | <pre> |
1445 | x = 10 -- global variable |
1446 | do -- new block |
1447 | local x = x -- new 'x', with value 10 |
1448 | print(x) --> 10 |
1449 | x = x+1 |
1450 | do -- another block |
1451 | local x = x+1 -- another 'x' |
1452 | print(x) --> 12 |
1453 | end |
1454 | print(x) --> 11 |
1455 | end |
1456 | print(x) --> 10 (the global one) |
1457 | </pre> |
1458 | |
1459 | <p> |
1460 | Notice that, in a declaration like <code>local x = x</code>, |
1461 | the new <code>x</code> being declared is not in scope yet, |
1462 | and so the second <code>x</code> refers to the outside variable. |
1463 | |
1464 | |
1465 | <p> |
1466 | Because of the lexical scoping rules, |
1467 | local variables can be freely accessed by functions |
1468 | defined inside their scope. |
1469 | A local variable used by an inner function is called |
1470 | an <em>upvalue</em>, or <em>external local variable</em>, |
1471 | inside the inner function. |
1472 | |
1473 | |
1474 | <p> |
1475 | Notice that each execution of a <b>local</b> statement |
1476 | defines new local variables. |
1477 | Consider the following example: |
1478 | |
1479 | <pre> |
1480 | a = {} |
1481 | local x = 20 |
1482 | for i=1,10 do |
1483 | local y = 0 |
1484 | a[i] = function () y=y+1; return x+y end |
1485 | end |
1486 | </pre><p> |
1487 | The loop creates ten closures |
1488 | (that is, ten instances of the anonymous function). |
1489 | Each of these closures uses a different <code>y</code> variable, |
1490 | while all of them share the same <code>x</code>. |
1491 | |
1492 | |
1493 | |
1494 | |
1495 | |
1496 | <h2>2.7 - <a name="2.7">Error Handling</a></h2> |
1497 | |
1498 | <p> |
1499 | Because Lua is an embedded extension language, |
1500 | all Lua actions start from C code in the host program |
1501 | calling a function from the Lua library (see <a href="#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a>). |
1502 | Whenever an error occurs during Lua compilation or execution, |
1503 | control returns to C, |
1504 | which can take appropriate measures |
1505 | (such as printing an error message). |
1506 | |
1507 | |
1508 | <p> |
1509 | Lua code can explicitly generate an error by calling the |
1510 | <a href="#pdf-error"><code>error</code></a> function. |
1511 | If you need to catch errors in Lua, |
1512 | you can use the <a href="#pdf-pcall"><code>pcall</code></a> function. |
1513 | |
1514 | |
1515 | |
1516 | |
1517 | |
1518 | <h2>2.8 - <a name="2.8">Metatables</a></h2> |
1519 | |
1520 | <p> |
1521 | Every value in Lua can have a <em>metatable</em>. |
1522 | This <em>metatable</em> is an ordinary Lua table |
1523 | that defines the behavior of the original value |
1524 | under certain special operations. |
1525 | You can change several aspects of the behavior |
1526 | of operations over a value by setting specific fields in its metatable. |
1527 | For instance, when a non-numeric value is the operand of an addition, |
1528 | Lua checks for a function in the field <code>"__add"</code> in its metatable. |
1529 | If it finds one, |
1530 | Lua calls this function to perform the addition. |
1531 | |
1532 | |
1533 | <p> |
1534 | We call the keys in a metatable <em>events</em> |
1535 | and the values <em>metamethods</em>. |
1536 | In the previous example, the event is <code>"add"</code> |
1537 | and the metamethod is the function that performs the addition. |
1538 | |
1539 | |
1540 | <p> |
1541 | You can query the metatable of any value |
1542 | through the <a href="#pdf-getmetatable"><code>getmetatable</code></a> function. |
1543 | |
1544 | |
1545 | <p> |
1546 | You can replace the metatable of tables |
1547 | through the <a href="#pdf-setmetatable"><code>setmetatable</code></a> |
1548 | function. |
1549 | You cannot change the metatable of other types from Lua |
1550 | (except by using the debug library); |
1551 | you must use the C API for that. |
1552 | |
1553 | |
1554 | <p> |
1555 | Tables and full userdata have individual metatables |
1556 | (although multiple tables and userdata can share their metatables). |
1557 | Values of all other types share one single metatable per type; |
1558 | that is, there is one single metatable for all numbers, |
1559 | one for all strings, etc. |
1560 | |
1561 | |
1562 | <p> |
1563 | A metatable controls how an object behaves in arithmetic operations, |
1564 | order comparisons, concatenation, length operation, and indexing. |
1565 | A metatable also can define a function to be called when a userdata |
1566 | is garbage collected. |
1567 | For each of these operations Lua associates a specific key |
1568 | called an <em>event</em>. |
1569 | When Lua performs one of these operations over a value, |
1570 | it checks whether this value has a metatable with the corresponding event. |
1571 | If so, the value associated with that key (the metamethod) |
1572 | controls how Lua will perform the operation. |
1573 | |
1574 | |
1575 | <p> |
1576 | Metatables control the operations listed next. |
1577 | Each operation is identified by its corresponding name. |
1578 | The key for each operation is a string with its name prefixed by |
1579 | two underscores, '<code>__</code>'; |
1580 | for instance, the key for operation "add" is the |
1581 | string <code>"__add"</code>. |
1582 | The semantics of these operations is better explained by a Lua function |
1583 | describing how the interpreter executes the operation. |
1584 | |
1585 | |
1586 | <p> |
1587 | The code shown here in Lua is only illustrative; |
1588 | the real behavior is hard coded in the interpreter |
1589 | and it is much more efficient than this simulation. |
1590 | All functions used in these descriptions |
1591 | (<a href="#pdf-rawget"><code>rawget</code></a>, <a href="#pdf-tonumber"><code>tonumber</code></a>, etc.) |
1592 | are described in <a href="#5.1">§5.1</a>. |
1593 | In particular, to retrieve the metamethod of a given object, |
1594 | we use the expression |
1595 | |
1596 | <pre> |
1597 | metatable(obj)[event] |
1598 | </pre><p> |
1599 | This should be read as |
1600 | |
1601 | <pre> |
1602 | rawget(getmetatable(obj) or {}, event) |
1603 | </pre><p> |
1604 | |
1605 | That is, the access to a metamethod does not invoke other metamethods, |
1606 | and the access to objects with no metatables does not fail |
1607 | (it simply results in <b>nil</b>). |
1608 | |
1609 | |
1610 | |
1611 | <ul> |
1612 | |
1613 | <li><b>"add":</b> |
1614 | the <code>+</code> operation. |
1615 | |
1616 | |
1617 | |
1618 | <p> |
1619 | The function <code>getbinhandler</code> below defines how Lua chooses a handler |
1620 | for a binary operation. |
1621 | First, Lua tries the first operand. |
1622 | If its type does not define a handler for the operation, |
1623 | then Lua tries the second operand. |
1624 | |
1625 | <pre> |
1626 | function getbinhandler (op1, op2, event) |
1627 | return metatable(op1)[event] or metatable(op2)[event] |
1628 | end |
1629 | </pre><p> |
1630 | By using this function, |
1631 | the behavior of the <code>op1 + op2</code> is |
1632 | |
1633 | <pre> |
1634 | function add_event (op1, op2) |
1635 | local o1, o2 = tonumber(op1), tonumber(op2) |
1636 | if o1 and o2 then -- both operands are numeric? |
1637 | return o1 + o2 -- '+' here is the primitive 'add' |
1638 | else -- at least one of the operands is not numeric |
1639 | local h = getbinhandler(op1, op2, "__add") |
1640 | if h then |
1641 | -- call the handler with both operands |
1642 | return (h(op1, op2)) |
1643 | else -- no handler available: default behavior |
1644 | error(···) |
1645 | end |
1646 | end |
1647 | end |
1648 | </pre><p> |
1649 | </li> |
1650 | |
1651 | <li><b>"sub":</b> |
1652 | the <code>-</code> operation. |
1653 | |
1654 | Behavior similar to the "add" operation. |
1655 | </li> |
1656 | |
1657 | <li><b>"mul":</b> |
1658 | the <code>*</code> operation. |
1659 | |
1660 | Behavior similar to the "add" operation. |
1661 | </li> |
1662 | |
1663 | <li><b>"div":</b> |
1664 | the <code>/</code> operation. |
1665 | |
1666 | Behavior similar to the "add" operation. |
1667 | </li> |
1668 | |
1669 | <li><b>"mod":</b> |
1670 | the <code>%</code> operation. |
1671 | |
1672 | Behavior similar to the "add" operation, |
1673 | with the operation |
1674 | <code>o1 - floor(o1/o2)*o2</code> as the primitive operation. |
1675 | </li> |
1676 | |
1677 | <li><b>"pow":</b> |
1678 | the <code>^</code> (exponentiation) operation. |
1679 | |
1680 | Behavior similar to the "add" operation, |
1681 | with the function <code>pow</code> (from the C math library) |
1682 | as the primitive operation. |
1683 | </li> |
1684 | |
1685 | <li><b>"unm":</b> |
1686 | the unary <code>-</code> operation. |
1687 | |
1688 | |
1689 | <pre> |
1690 | function unm_event (op) |
1691 | local o = tonumber(op) |
1692 | if o then -- operand is numeric? |
1693 | return -o -- '-' here is the primitive 'unm' |
1694 | else -- the operand is not numeric. |
1695 | -- Try to get a handler from the operand |
1696 | local h = metatable(op).__unm |
1697 | if h then |
1698 | -- call the handler with the operand |
1699 | return (h(op)) |
1700 | else -- no handler available: default behavior |
1701 | error(···) |
1702 | end |
1703 | end |
1704 | end |
1705 | </pre><p> |
1706 | </li> |
1707 | |
1708 | <li><b>"concat":</b> |
1709 | the <code>..</code> (concatenation) operation. |
1710 | |
1711 | |
1712 | <pre> |
1713 | function concat_event (op1, op2) |
1714 | if (type(op1) == "string" or type(op1) == "number") and |
1715 | (type(op2) == "string" or type(op2) == "number") then |
1716 | return op1 .. op2 -- primitive string concatenation |
1717 | else |
1718 | local h = getbinhandler(op1, op2, "__concat") |
1719 | if h then |
1720 | return (h(op1, op2)) |
1721 | else |
1722 | error(···) |
1723 | end |
1724 | end |
1725 | end |
1726 | </pre><p> |
1727 | </li> |
1728 | |
1729 | <li><b>"len":</b> |
1730 | the <code>#</code> operation. |
1731 | |
1732 | |
1733 | <pre> |
1734 | function len_event (op) |
1735 | if type(op) == "string" then |
1736 | return strlen(op) -- primitive string length |
1737 | elseif type(op) == "table" then |
1738 | return #op -- primitive table length |
1739 | else |
1740 | local h = metatable(op).__len |
1741 | if h then |
1742 | -- call the handler with the operand |
1743 | return (h(op)) |
1744 | else -- no handler available: default behavior |
1745 | error(···) |
1746 | end |
1747 | end |
1748 | end |
1749 | </pre><p> |
1750 | See <a href="#2.5.5">§2.5.5</a> for a description of the length of a table. |
1751 | </li> |
1752 | |
1753 | <li><b>"eq":</b> |
1754 | the <code>==</code> operation. |
1755 | |
1756 | The function <code>getcomphandler</code> defines how Lua chooses a metamethod |
1757 | for comparison operators. |
1758 | A metamethod only is selected when both objects |
1759 | being compared have the same type |
1760 | and the same metamethod for the selected operation. |
1761 | |
1762 | <pre> |
1763 | function getcomphandler (op1, op2, event) |
1764 | if type(op1) ~= type(op2) then return nil end |
1765 | local mm1 = metatable(op1)[event] |
1766 | local mm2 = metatable(op2)[event] |
1767 | if mm1 == mm2 then return mm1 else return nil end |
1768 | end |
1769 | </pre><p> |
1770 | The "eq" event is defined as follows: |
1771 | |
1772 | <pre> |
1773 | function eq_event (op1, op2) |
1774 | if type(op1) ~= type(op2) then -- different types? |
1775 | return false -- different objects |
1776 | end |
1777 | if op1 == op2 then -- primitive equal? |
1778 | return true -- objects are equal |
1779 | end |
1780 | -- try metamethod |
1781 | local h = getcomphandler(op1, op2, "__eq") |
1782 | if h then |
1783 | return (h(op1, op2)) |
1784 | else |
1785 | return false |
1786 | end |
1787 | end |
1788 | </pre><p> |
1789 | <code>a ~= b</code> is equivalent to <code>not (a == b)</code>. |
1790 | </li> |
1791 | |
1792 | <li><b>"lt":</b> |
1793 | the <code><</code> operation. |
1794 | |
1795 | |
1796 | <pre> |
1797 | function lt_event (op1, op2) |
1798 | if type(op1) == "number" and type(op2) == "number" then |
1799 | return op1 < op2 -- numeric comparison |
1800 | elseif type(op1) == "string" and type(op2) == "string" then |
1801 | return op1 < op2 -- lexicographic comparison |
1802 | else |
1803 | local h = getcomphandler(op1, op2, "__lt") |
1804 | if h then |
1805 | return (h(op1, op2)) |
1806 | else |
1807 | error(···) |
1808 | end |
1809 | end |
1810 | end |
1811 | </pre><p> |
1812 | <code>a > b</code> is equivalent to <code>b < a</code>. |
1813 | </li> |
1814 | |
1815 | <li><b>"le":</b> |
1816 | the <code><=</code> operation. |
1817 | |
1818 | |
1819 | <pre> |
1820 | function le_event (op1, op2) |
1821 | if type(op1) == "number" and type(op2) == "number" then |
1822 | return op1 <= op2 -- numeric comparison |
1823 | elseif type(op1) == "string" and type(op2) == "string" then |
1824 | return op1 <= op2 -- lexicographic comparison |
1825 | else |
1826 | local h = getcomphandler(op1, op2, "__le") |
1827 | if h then |
1828 | return (h(op1, op2)) |
1829 | else |
1830 | h = getcomphandler(op1, op2, "__lt") |
1831 | if h then |
1832 | return not h(op2, op1) |
1833 | else |
1834 | error(···) |
1835 | end |
1836 | end |
1837 | end |
1838 | end |
1839 | </pre><p> |
1840 | <code>a >= b</code> is equivalent to <code>b <= a</code>. |
1841 | Note that, in the absence of a "le" metamethod, |
1842 | Lua tries the "lt", assuming that <code>a <= b</code> is |
1843 | equivalent to <code>not (b < a)</code>. |
1844 | </li> |
1845 | |
1846 | <li><b>"index":</b> |
1847 | The indexing access <code>table[key]</code>. |
1848 | |
1849 | |
1850 | <pre> |
1851 | function gettable_event (table, key) |
1852 | local h |
1853 | if type(table) == "table" then |
1854 | local v = rawget(table, key) |
1855 | if v ~= nil then return v end |
1856 | h = metatable(table).__index |
1857 | if h == nil then return nil end |
1858 | else |
1859 | h = metatable(table).__index |
1860 | if h == nil then |
1861 | error(···) |
1862 | end |
1863 | end |
1864 | if type(h) == "function" then |
1865 | return (h(table, key)) -- call the handler |
1866 | else return h[key] -- or repeat operation on it |
1867 | end |
1868 | end |
1869 | </pre><p> |
1870 | </li> |
1871 | |
1872 | <li><b>"newindex":</b> |
1873 | The indexing assignment <code>table[key] = value</code>. |
1874 | |
1875 | |
1876 | <pre> |
1877 | function settable_event (table, key, value) |
1878 | local h |
1879 | if type(table) == "table" then |
1880 | local v = rawget(table, key) |
1881 | if v ~= nil then rawset(table, key, value); return end |
1882 | h = metatable(table).__newindex |
1883 | if h == nil then rawset(table, key, value); return end |
1884 | else |
1885 | h = metatable(table).__newindex |
1886 | if h == nil then |
1887 | error(···) |
1888 | end |
1889 | end |
1890 | if type(h) == "function" then |
1891 | h(table, key,value) -- call the handler |
1892 | else h[key] = value -- or repeat operation on it |
1893 | end |
1894 | end |
1895 | </pre><p> |
1896 | </li> |
1897 | |
1898 | <li><b>"call":</b> |
1899 | called when Lua calls a value. |
1900 | |
1901 | |
1902 | <pre> |
1903 | function function_event (func, ...) |
1904 | if type(func) == "function" then |
1905 | return func(...) -- primitive call |
1906 | else |
1907 | local h = metatable(func).__call |
1908 | if h then |
1909 | return h(func, ...) |
1910 | else |
1911 | error(···) |
1912 | end |
1913 | end |
1914 | end |
1915 | </pre><p> |
1916 | </li> |
1917 | |
1918 | </ul> |
1919 | |
1920 | |
1921 | |
1922 | |
1923 | <h2>2.9 - <a name="2.9">Environments</a></h2> |
1924 | |
1925 | <p> |
1926 | Besides metatables, |
1927 | objects of types thread, function, and userdata |
1928 | have another table associated with them, |
1929 | called their <em>environment</em>. |
1930 | Like metatables, environments are regular tables and |
1931 | multiple objects can share the same environment. |
1932 | |
1933 | |
1934 | <p> |
1935 | Threads are created sharing the environment of the creating thread. |
1936 | Userdata and C functions are created sharing the environment |
1937 | of the creating C function. |
1938 | Non-nested Lua functions |
1939 | (created by <a href="#pdf-loadfile"><code>loadfile</code></a>, <a href="#pdf-loadstring"><code>loadstring</code></a> or <a href="#pdf-load"><code>load</code></a>) |
1940 | are created sharing the environment of the creating thread. |
1941 | Nested Lua functions are created sharing the environment of |
1942 | the creating Lua function. |
1943 | |
1944 | |
1945 | <p> |
1946 | Environments associated with userdata have no meaning for Lua. |
1947 | It is only a convenience feature for programmers to associate a table to |
1948 | a userdata. |
1949 | |
1950 | |
1951 | <p> |
1952 | Environments associated with threads are called |
1953 | <em>global environments</em>. |
1954 | They are used as the default environment for threads and |
1955 | non-nested Lua functions created by the thread |
1956 | and can be directly accessed by C code (see <a href="#3.3">§3.3</a>). |
1957 | |
1958 | |
1959 | <p> |
1960 | The environment associated with a C function can be directly |
1961 | accessed by C code (see <a href="#3.3">§3.3</a>). |
1962 | It is used as the default environment for other C functions |
1963 | and userdata created by the function. |
1964 | |
1965 | |
1966 | <p> |
1967 | Environments associated with Lua functions are used to resolve |
1968 | all accesses to global variables within the function (see <a href="#2.3">§2.3</a>). |
1969 | They are used as the default environment for nested Lua functions |
1970 | created by the function. |
1971 | |
1972 | |
1973 | <p> |
1974 | You can change the environment of a Lua function or the |
1975 | running thread by calling <a href="#pdf-setfenv"><code>setfenv</code></a>. |
1976 | You can get the environment of a Lua function or the running thread |
1977 | by calling <a href="#pdf-getfenv"><code>getfenv</code></a>. |
1978 | To manipulate the environment of other objects |
1979 | (userdata, C functions, other threads) you must |
1980 | use the C API. |
1981 | |
1982 | |
1983 | |
1984 | |
1985 | |
1986 | <h2>2.10 - <a name="2.10">Garbage Collection</a></h2> |
1987 | |
1988 | <p> |
1989 | Lua performs automatic memory management. |
1990 | This means that |
1991 | you have to worry neither about allocating memory for new objects |
1992 | nor about freeing it when the objects are no longer needed. |
1993 | Lua manages memory automatically by running |
1994 | a <em>garbage collector</em> from time to time |
1995 | to collect all <em>dead objects</em> |
1996 | (that is, objects that are no longer accessible from Lua). |
1997 | All memory used by Lua is subject to automatic management: |
1998 | tables, userdata, functions, threads, strings, etc. |
1999 | |
2000 | |
2001 | <p> |
2002 | Lua implements an incremental mark-and-sweep collector. |
2003 | It uses two numbers to control its garbage-collection cycles: |
2004 | the <em>garbage-collector pause</em> and |
2005 | the <em>garbage-collector step multiplier</em>. |
2006 | Both use percentage points as units |
2007 | (so that a value of 100 means an internal value of 1). |
2008 | |
2009 | |
2010 | <p> |
2011 | The garbage-collector pause |
2012 | controls how long the collector waits before starting a new cycle. |
2013 | Larger values make the collector less aggressive. |
2014 | Values smaller than 100 mean the collector will not wait to |
2015 | start a new cycle. |
2016 | A value of 200 means that the collector waits for the total memory in use |
2017 | to double before starting a new cycle. |
2018 | |
2019 | |
2020 | <p> |
2021 | The step multiplier |
2022 | controls the relative speed of the collector relative to |
2023 | memory allocation. |
2024 | Larger values make the collector more aggressive but also increase |
2025 | the size of each incremental step. |
2026 | Values smaller than 100 make the collector too slow and |
2027 | can result in the collector never finishing a cycle. |
2028 | The default, 200, means that the collector runs at "twice" |
2029 | the speed of memory allocation. |
2030 | |
2031 | |
2032 | <p> |
2033 | You can change these numbers by calling <a href="#lua_gc"><code>lua_gc</code></a> in C |
2034 | or <a href="#pdf-collectgarbage"><code>collectgarbage</code></a> in Lua. |
2035 | With these functions you can also control |
2036 | the collector directly (e.g., stop and restart it). |
2037 | |
2038 | |
2039 | |
2040 | <h3>2.10.1 - <a name="2.10.1">Garbage-Collection Metamethods</a></h3> |
2041 | |
2042 | <p> |
2043 | Using the C API, |
2044 | you can set garbage-collector metamethods for userdata (see <a href="#2.8">§2.8</a>). |
2045 | These metamethods are also called <em>finalizers</em>. |
2046 | Finalizers allow you to coordinate Lua's garbage collection |
2047 | with external resource management |
2048 | (such as closing files, network or database connections, |
2049 | or freeing your own memory). |
2050 | |
2051 | |
2052 | <p> |
2053 | Garbage userdata with a field <code>__gc</code> in their metatables are not |
2054 | collected immediately by the garbage collector. |
2055 | Instead, Lua puts them in a list. |
2056 | After the collection, |
2057 | Lua does the equivalent of the following function |
2058 | for each userdata in that list: |
2059 | |
2060 | <pre> |
2061 | function gc_event (udata) |
2062 | local h = metatable(udata).__gc |
2063 | if h then |
2064 | h(udata) |
2065 | end |
2066 | end |
2067 | </pre> |
2068 | |
2069 | <p> |
2070 | At the end of each garbage-collection cycle, |
2071 | the finalizers for userdata are called in <em>reverse</em> |
2072 | order of their creation, |
2073 | among those collected in that cycle. |
2074 | That is, the first finalizer to be called is the one associated |
2075 | with the userdata created last in the program. |
2076 | The userdata itself is freed only in the next garbage-collection cycle. |
2077 | |
2078 | |
2079 | |
2080 | |
2081 | |
2082 | <h3>2.10.2 - <a name="2.10.2">Weak Tables</a></h3> |
2083 | |
2084 | <p> |
2085 | A <em>weak table</em> is a table whose elements are |
2086 | <em>weak references</em>. |
2087 | A weak reference is ignored by the garbage collector. |
2088 | In other words, |
2089 | if the only references to an object are weak references, |
2090 | then the garbage collector will collect this object. |
2091 | |
2092 | |
2093 | <p> |
2094 | A weak table can have weak keys, weak values, or both. |
2095 | A table with weak keys allows the collection of its keys, |
2096 | but prevents the collection of its values. |
2097 | A table with both weak keys and weak values allows the collection of |
2098 | both keys and values. |
2099 | In any case, if either the key or the value is collected, |
2100 | the whole pair is removed from the table. |
2101 | The weakness of a table is controlled by the |
2102 | <code>__mode</code> field of its metatable. |
2103 | If the <code>__mode</code> field is a string containing the character '<code>k</code>', |
2104 | the keys in the table are weak. |
2105 | If <code>__mode</code> contains '<code>v</code>', |
2106 | the values in the table are weak. |
2107 | |
2108 | |
2109 | <p> |
2110 | After you use a table as a metatable, |
2111 | you should not change the value of its <code>__mode</code> field. |
2112 | Otherwise, the weak behavior of the tables controlled by this |
2113 | metatable is undefined. |
2114 | |
2115 | |
2116 | |
2117 | |
2118 | |
2119 | |
2120 | |
2121 | <h2>2.11 - <a name="2.11">Coroutines</a></h2> |
2122 | |
2123 | <p> |
2124 | Lua supports coroutines, |
2125 | also called <em>collaborative multithreading</em>. |
2126 | A coroutine in Lua represents an independent thread of execution. |
2127 | Unlike threads in multithread systems, however, |
2128 | a coroutine only suspends its execution by explicitly calling |
2129 | a yield function. |
2130 | |
2131 | |
2132 | <p> |
2133 | You create a coroutine with a call to <a href="#pdf-coroutine.create"><code>coroutine.create</code></a>. |
2134 | Its sole argument is a function |
2135 | that is the main function of the coroutine. |
2136 | The <code>create</code> function only creates a new coroutine and |
2137 | returns a handle to it (an object of type <em>thread</em>); |
2138 | it does not start the coroutine execution. |
2139 | |
2140 | |
2141 | <p> |
2142 | When you first call <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a>, |
2143 | passing as its first argument |
2144 | a thread returned by <a href="#pdf-coroutine.create"><code>coroutine.create</code></a>, |
2145 | the coroutine starts its execution, |
2146 | at the first line of its main function. |
2147 | Extra arguments passed to <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a> are passed on |
2148 | to the coroutine main function. |
2149 | After the coroutine starts running, |
2150 | it runs until it terminates or <em>yields</em>. |
2151 | |
2152 | |
2153 | <p> |
2154 | A coroutine can terminate its execution in two ways: |
2155 | normally, when its main function returns |
2156 | (explicitly or implicitly, after the last instruction); |
2157 | and abnormally, if there is an unprotected error. |
2158 | In the first case, <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a> returns <b>true</b>, |
2159 | plus any values returned by the coroutine main function. |
2160 | In case of errors, <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a> returns <b>false</b> |
2161 | plus an error message. |
2162 | |
2163 | |
2164 | <p> |
2165 | A coroutine yields by calling <a href="#pdf-coroutine.yield"><code>coroutine.yield</code></a>. |
2166 | When a coroutine yields, |
2167 | the corresponding <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a> returns immediately, |
2168 | even if the yield happens inside nested function calls |
2169 | (that is, not in the main function, |
2170 | but in a function directly or indirectly called by the main function). |
2171 | In the case of a yield, <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a> also returns <b>true</b>, |
2172 | plus any values passed to <a href="#pdf-coroutine.yield"><code>coroutine.yield</code></a>. |
2173 | The next time you resume the same coroutine, |
2174 | it continues its execution from the point where it yielded, |
2175 | with the call to <a href="#pdf-coroutine.yield"><code>coroutine.yield</code></a> returning any extra |
2176 | arguments passed to <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a>. |
2177 | |
2178 | |
2179 | <p> |
2180 | Like <a href="#pdf-coroutine.create"><code>coroutine.create</code></a>, |
2181 | the <a href="#pdf-coroutine.wrap"><code>coroutine.wrap</code></a> function also creates a coroutine, |
2182 | but instead of returning the coroutine itself, |
2183 | it returns a function that, when called, resumes the coroutine. |
2184 | Any arguments passed to this function |
2185 | go as extra arguments to <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a>. |
2186 | <a href="#pdf-coroutine.wrap"><code>coroutine.wrap</code></a> returns all the values returned by <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a>, |
2187 | except the first one (the boolean error code). |
2188 | Unlike <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a>, |
2189 | <a href="#pdf-coroutine.wrap"><code>coroutine.wrap</code></a> does not catch errors; |
2190 | any error is propagated to the caller. |
2191 | |
2192 | |
2193 | <p> |
2194 | As an example, |
2195 | consider the following code: |
2196 | |
2197 | <pre> |
2198 | function foo (a) |
2199 | print("foo", a) |
2200 | return coroutine.yield(2*a) |
2201 | end |
2202 | |
2203 | co = coroutine.create(function (a,b) |
2204 | print("co-body", a, b) |
2205 | local r = foo(a+1) |
2206 | print("co-body", r) |
2207 | local r, s = coroutine.yield(a+b, a-b) |
2208 | print("co-body", r, s) |
2209 | return b, "end" |
2210 | end) |
2211 | |
2212 | print("main", coroutine.resume(co, 1, 10)) |
2213 | print("main", coroutine.resume(co, "r")) |
2214 | print("main", coroutine.resume(co, "x", "y")) |
2215 | print("main", coroutine.resume(co, "x", "y")) |
2216 | </pre><p> |
2217 | When you run it, it produces the following output: |
2218 | |
2219 | <pre> |
2220 | co-body 1 10 |
2221 | foo 2 |
2222 | |
2223 | main true 4 |
2224 | co-body r |
2225 | main true 11 -9 |
2226 | co-body x y |
2227 | main true 10 end |
2228 | main false cannot resume dead coroutine |
2229 | </pre> |
2230 | |
2231 | |
2232 | |
2233 | |
2234 | <h1>3 - <a name="3">The Application Program Interface</a></h1> |
2235 | |
2236 | <p> |
2237 | |
2238 | This section describes the C API for Lua, that is, |
2239 | the set of C functions available to the host program to communicate |
2240 | with Lua. |
2241 | All API functions and related types and constants |
2242 | are declared in the header file <a name="pdf-lua.h"><code>lua.h</code></a>. |
2243 | |
2244 | |
2245 | <p> |
2246 | Even when we use the term "function", |
2247 | any facility in the API may be provided as a macro instead. |
2248 | All such macros use each of their arguments exactly once |
2249 | (except for the first argument, which is always a Lua state), |
2250 | and so do not generate any hidden side-effects. |
2251 | |
2252 | |
2253 | <p> |
2254 | As in most C libraries, |
2255 | the Lua API functions do not check their arguments for validity or consistency. |
2256 | However, you can change this behavior by compiling Lua |
2257 | with a proper definition for the macro <a name="pdf-luai_apicheck"><code>luai_apicheck</code></a>, |
2258 | in file <code>luaconf.h</code>. |
2259 | |
2260 | |
2261 | |
2262 | <h2>3.1 - <a name="3.1">The Stack</a></h2> |
2263 | |
2264 | <p> |
2265 | Lua uses a <em>virtual stack</em> to pass values to and from C. |
2266 | Each element in this stack represents a Lua value |
2267 | (<b>nil</b>, number, string, etc.). |
2268 | |
2269 | |
2270 | <p> |
2271 | Whenever Lua calls C, the called function gets a new stack, |
2272 | which is independent of previous stacks and of stacks of |
2273 | C functions that are still active. |
2274 | This stack initially contains any arguments to the C function |
2275 | and it is where the C function pushes its results |
2276 | to be returned to the caller (see <a href="#lua_CFunction"><code>lua_CFunction</code></a>). |
2277 | |
2278 | |
2279 | <p> |
2280 | For convenience, |
2281 | most query operations in the API do not follow a strict stack discipline. |
2282 | Instead, they can refer to any element in the stack |
2283 | by using an <em>index</em>: |
2284 | A positive index represents an <em>absolute</em> stack position |
2285 | (starting at 1); |
2286 | a negative index represents an <em>offset</em> relative to the top of the stack. |
2287 | More specifically, if the stack has <em>n</em> elements, |
2288 | then index 1 represents the first element |
2289 | (that is, the element that was pushed onto the stack first) |
2290 | and |
2291 | index <em>n</em> represents the last element; |
2292 | index -1 also represents the last element |
2293 | (that is, the element at the top) |
2294 | and index <em>-n</em> represents the first element. |
2295 | We say that an index is <em>valid</em> |
2296 | if it lies between 1 and the stack top |
2297 | (that is, if <code>1 ≤ abs(index) ≤ top</code>). |
2298 | |
2299 | |
2300 | |
2301 | |
2302 | |
2303 | |
2304 | <h2>3.2 - <a name="3.2">Stack Size</a></h2> |
2305 | |
2306 | <p> |
2307 | When you interact with Lua API, |
2308 | you are responsible for ensuring consistency. |
2309 | In particular, |
2310 | <em>you are responsible for controlling stack overflow</em>. |
2311 | You can use the function <a href="#lua_checkstack"><code>lua_checkstack</code></a> |
2312 | to grow the stack size. |
2313 | |
2314 | |
2315 | <p> |
2316 | Whenever Lua calls C, |
2317 | it ensures that at least <a name="pdf-LUA_MINSTACK"><code>LUA_MINSTACK</code></a> stack positions are available. |
2318 | <code>LUA_MINSTACK</code> is defined as 20, |
2319 | so that usually you do not have to worry about stack space |
2320 | unless your code has loops pushing elements onto the stack. |
2321 | |
2322 | |
2323 | <p> |
2324 | Most query functions accept as indices any value inside the |
2325 | available stack space, that is, indices up to the maximum stack size |
2326 | you have set through <a href="#lua_checkstack"><code>lua_checkstack</code></a>. |
2327 | Such indices are called <em>acceptable indices</em>. |
2328 | More formally, we define an <em>acceptable index</em> |
2329 | as follows: |
2330 | |
2331 | <pre> |
2332 | (index < 0 && abs(index) <= top) || |
2333 | (index > 0 && index <= stackspace) |
2334 | </pre><p> |
2335 | Note that 0 is never an acceptable index. |
2336 | |
2337 | |
2338 | |
2339 | |
2340 | |
2341 | <h2>3.3 - <a name="3.3">Pseudo-Indices</a></h2> |
2342 | |
2343 | <p> |
2344 | Unless otherwise noted, |
2345 | any function that accepts valid indices can also be called with |
2346 | <em>pseudo-indices</em>, |
2347 | which represent some Lua values that are accessible to C code |
2348 | but which are not in the stack. |
2349 | Pseudo-indices are used to access the thread environment, |
2350 | the function environment, |
2351 | the registry, |
2352 | and the upvalues of a C function (see <a href="#3.4">§3.4</a>). |
2353 | |
2354 | |
2355 | <p> |
2356 | The thread environment (where global variables live) is |
2357 | always at pseudo-index <a name="pdf-LUA_GLOBALSINDEX"><code>LUA_GLOBALSINDEX</code></a>. |
2358 | The environment of the running C function is always |
2359 | at pseudo-index <a name="pdf-LUA_ENVIRONINDEX"><code>LUA_ENVIRONINDEX</code></a>. |
2360 | |
2361 | |
2362 | <p> |
2363 | To access and change the value of global variables, |
2364 | you can use regular table operations over an environment table. |
2365 | For instance, to access the value of a global variable, do |
2366 | |
2367 | <pre> |
2368 | lua_getfield(L, LUA_GLOBALSINDEX, varname); |
2369 | </pre> |
2370 | |
2371 | |
2372 | |
2373 | |
2374 | <h2>3.4 - <a name="3.4">C Closures</a></h2> |
2375 | |
2376 | <p> |
2377 | When a C function is created, |
2378 | it is possible to associate some values with it, |
2379 | thus creating a <em>C closure</em>; |
2380 | these values are called <em>upvalues</em> and are |
2381 | accessible to the function whenever it is called |
2382 | (see <a href="#lua_pushcclosure"><code>lua_pushcclosure</code></a>). |
2383 | |
2384 | |
2385 | <p> |
2386 | Whenever a C function is called, |
2387 | its upvalues are located at specific pseudo-indices. |
2388 | These pseudo-indices are produced by the macro |
2389 | <a name="lua_upvalueindex"><code>lua_upvalueindex</code></a>. |
2390 | The first value associated with a function is at position |
2391 | <code>lua_upvalueindex(1)</code>, and so on. |
2392 | Any access to <code>lua_upvalueindex(<em>n</em>)</code>, |
2393 | where <em>n</em> is greater than the number of upvalues of the |
2394 | current function (but not greater than 256), |
2395 | produces an acceptable (but invalid) index. |
2396 | |
2397 | |
2398 | |
2399 | |
2400 | |
2401 | <h2>3.5 - <a name="3.5">Registry</a></h2> |
2402 | |
2403 | <p> |
2404 | Lua provides a <em>registry</em>, |
2405 | a pre-defined table that can be used by any C code to |
2406 | store whatever Lua value it needs to store. |
2407 | This table is always located at pseudo-index |
2408 | <a name="pdf-LUA_REGISTRYINDEX"><code>LUA_REGISTRYINDEX</code></a>. |
2409 | Any C library can store data into this table, |
2410 | but it should take care to choose keys different from those used |
2411 | by other libraries, to avoid collisions. |
2412 | Typically, you should use as key a string containing your library name |
2413 | or a light userdata with the address of a C object in your code. |
2414 | |
2415 | |
2416 | <p> |
2417 | The integer keys in the registry are used by the reference mechanism, |
2418 | implemented by the auxiliary library, |
2419 | and therefore should not be used for other purposes. |
2420 | |
2421 | |
2422 | |
2423 | |
2424 | |
2425 | <h2>3.6 - <a name="3.6">Error Handling in C</a></h2> |
2426 | |
2427 | <p> |
2428 | Internally, Lua uses the C <code>longjmp</code> facility to handle errors. |
2429 | (You can also choose to use exceptions if you use C++; |
2430 | see file <code>luaconf.h</code>.) |
2431 | When Lua faces any error |
2432 | (such as memory allocation errors, type errors, syntax errors, |
2433 | and runtime errors) |
2434 | it <em>raises</em> an error; |
2435 | that is, it does a long jump. |
2436 | A <em>protected environment</em> uses <code>setjmp</code> |
2437 | to set a recover point; |
2438 | any error jumps to the most recent active recover point. |
2439 | |
2440 | |
2441 | <p> |
2442 | Most functions in the API can throw an error, |
2443 | for instance due to a memory allocation error. |
2444 | The documentation for each function indicates whether |
2445 | it can throw errors. |
2446 | |
2447 | |
2448 | <p> |
2449 | Inside a C function you can throw an error by calling <a href="#lua_error"><code>lua_error</code></a>. |
2450 | |
2451 | |
2452 | |
2453 | |
2454 | |
2455 | <h2>3.7 - <a name="3.7">Functions and Types</a></h2> |
2456 | |
2457 | <p> |
2458 | Here we list all functions and types from the C API in |
2459 | alphabetical order. |
2460 | Each function has an indicator like this: |
2461 | <span class="apii">[-o, +p, <em>x</em>]</span> |
2462 | |
2463 | |
2464 | <p> |
2465 | The first field, <code>o</code>, |
2466 | is how many elements the function pops from the stack. |
2467 | The second field, <code>p</code>, |
2468 | is how many elements the function pushes onto the stack. |
2469 | (Any function always pushes its results after popping its arguments.) |
2470 | A field in the form <code>x|y</code> means the function can push (or pop) |
2471 | <code>x</code> or <code>y</code> elements, |
2472 | depending on the situation; |
2473 | an interrogation mark '<code>?</code>' means that |
2474 | we cannot know how many elements the function pops/pushes |
2475 | by looking only at its arguments |
2476 | (e.g., they may depend on what is on the stack). |
2477 | The third field, <code>x</code>, |
2478 | tells whether the function may throw errors: |
2479 | '<code>-</code>' means the function never throws any error; |
2480 | '<code>m</code>' means the function may throw an error |
2481 | only due to not enough memory; |
2482 | '<code>e</code>' means the function may throw other kinds of errors; |
2483 | '<code>v</code>' means the function may throw an error on purpose. |
2484 | |
2485 | |
2486 | |
2487 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_Alloc"><code>lua_Alloc</code></a></h3> |
2488 | <pre>typedef void * (*lua_Alloc) (void *ud, |
2489 | void *ptr, |
2490 | size_t osize, |
2491 | size_t nsize);</pre> |
2492 | |
2493 | <p> |
2494 | The type of the memory-allocation function used by Lua states. |
2495 | The allocator function must provide a |
2496 | functionality similar to <code>realloc</code>, |
2497 | but not exactly the same. |
2498 | Its arguments are |
2499 | <code>ud</code>, an opaque pointer passed to <a href="#lua_newstate"><code>lua_newstate</code></a>; |
2500 | <code>ptr</code>, a pointer to the block being allocated/reallocated/freed; |
2501 | <code>osize</code>, the original size of the block; |
2502 | <code>nsize</code>, the new size of the block. |
2503 | <code>ptr</code> is <code>NULL</code> if and only if <code>osize</code> is zero. |
2504 | When <code>nsize</code> is zero, the allocator must return <code>NULL</code>; |
2505 | if <code>osize</code> is not zero, |
2506 | it should free the block pointed to by <code>ptr</code>. |
2507 | When <code>nsize</code> is not zero, the allocator returns <code>NULL</code> |
2508 | if and only if it cannot fill the request. |
2509 | When <code>nsize</code> is not zero and <code>osize</code> is zero, |
2510 | the allocator should behave like <code>malloc</code>. |
2511 | When <code>nsize</code> and <code>osize</code> are not zero, |
2512 | the allocator behaves like <code>realloc</code>. |
2513 | Lua assumes that the allocator never fails when |
2514 | <code>osize >= nsize</code>. |
2515 | |
2516 | |
2517 | <p> |
2518 | Here is a simple implementation for the allocator function. |
2519 | It is used in the auxiliary library by <a href="#luaL_newstate"><code>luaL_newstate</code></a>. |
2520 | |
2521 | <pre> |
2522 | static void *l_alloc (void *ud, void *ptr, size_t osize, |
2523 | size_t nsize) { |
2524 | (void)ud; (void)osize; /* not used */ |
2525 | if (nsize == 0) { |
2526 | free(ptr); |
2527 | return NULL; |
2528 | } |
2529 | else |
2530 | return realloc(ptr, nsize); |
2531 | } |
2532 | </pre><p> |
2533 | This code assumes |
2534 | that <code>free(NULL)</code> has no effect and that |
2535 | <code>realloc(NULL, size)</code> is equivalent to <code>malloc(size)</code>. |
2536 | ANSI C ensures both behaviors. |
2537 | |
2538 | |
2539 | |
2540 | |
2541 | |
2542 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_atpanic"><code>lua_atpanic</code></a></h3><p> |
2543 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
2544 | <pre>lua_CFunction lua_atpanic (lua_State *L, lua_CFunction panicf);</pre> |
2545 | |
2546 | <p> |
2547 | Sets a new panic function and returns the old one. |
2548 | |
2549 | |
2550 | <p> |
2551 | If an error happens outside any protected environment, |
2552 | Lua calls a <em>panic function</em> |
2553 | and then calls <code>exit(EXIT_FAILURE)</code>, |
2554 | thus exiting the host application. |
2555 | Your panic function can avoid this exit by |
2556 | never returning (e.g., doing a long jump). |
2557 | |
2558 | |
2559 | <p> |
2560 | The panic function can access the error message at the top of the stack. |
2561 | |
2562 | |
2563 | |
2564 | |
2565 | |
2566 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_call"><code>lua_call</code></a></h3><p> |
2567 | <span class="apii">[-(nargs + 1), +nresults, <em>e</em>]</span> |
2568 | <pre>void lua_call (lua_State *L, int nargs, int nresults);</pre> |
2569 | |
2570 | <p> |
2571 | Calls a function. |
2572 | |
2573 | |
2574 | <p> |
2575 | To call a function you must use the following protocol: |
2576 | first, the function to be called is pushed onto the stack; |
2577 | then, the arguments to the function are pushed |
2578 | in direct order; |
2579 | that is, the first argument is pushed first. |
2580 | Finally you call <a href="#lua_call"><code>lua_call</code></a>; |
2581 | <code>nargs</code> is the number of arguments that you pushed onto the stack. |
2582 | All arguments and the function value are popped from the stack |
2583 | when the function is called. |
2584 | The function results are pushed onto the stack when the function returns. |
2585 | The number of results is adjusted to <code>nresults</code>, |
2586 | unless <code>nresults</code> is <a name="pdf-LUA_MULTRET"><code>LUA_MULTRET</code></a>. |
2587 | In this case, <em>all</em> results from the function are pushed. |
2588 | Lua takes care that the returned values fit into the stack space. |
2589 | The function results are pushed onto the stack in direct order |
2590 | (the first result is pushed first), |
2591 | so that after the call the last result is on the top of the stack. |
2592 | |
2593 | |
2594 | <p> |
2595 | Any error inside the called function is propagated upwards |
2596 | (with a <code>longjmp</code>). |
2597 | |
2598 | |
2599 | <p> |
2600 | The following example shows how the host program can do the |
2601 | equivalent to this Lua code: |
2602 | |
2603 | <pre> |
2604 | a = f("how", t.x, 14) |
2605 | </pre><p> |
2606 | Here it is in C: |
2607 | |
2608 | <pre> |
2609 | lua_getfield(L, LUA_GLOBALSINDEX, "f"); /* function to be called */ |
2610 | lua_pushstring(L, "how"); /* 1st argument */ |
2611 | lua_getfield(L, LUA_GLOBALSINDEX, "t"); /* table to be indexed */ |
2612 | lua_getfield(L, -1, "x"); /* push result of t.x (2nd arg) */ |
2613 | lua_remove(L, -2); /* remove 't' from the stack */ |
2614 | lua_pushinteger(L, 14); /* 3rd argument */ |
2615 | lua_call(L, 3, 1); /* call 'f' with 3 arguments and 1 result */ |
2616 | lua_setfield(L, LUA_GLOBALSINDEX, "a"); /* set global 'a' */ |
2617 | </pre><p> |
2618 | Note that the code above is "balanced": |
2619 | at its end, the stack is back to its original configuration. |
2620 | This is considered good programming practice. |
2621 | |
2622 | |
2623 | |
2624 | |
2625 | |
2626 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_CFunction"><code>lua_CFunction</code></a></h3> |
2627 | <pre>typedef int (*lua_CFunction) (lua_State *L);</pre> |
2628 | |
2629 | <p> |
2630 | Type for C functions. |
2631 | |
2632 | |
2633 | <p> |
2634 | In order to communicate properly with Lua, |
2635 | a C function must use the following protocol, |
2636 | which defines the way parameters and results are passed: |
2637 | a C function receives its arguments from Lua in its stack |
2638 | in direct order (the first argument is pushed first). |
2639 | So, when the function starts, |
2640 | <code>lua_gettop(L)</code> returns the number of arguments received by the function. |
2641 | The first argument (if any) is at index 1 |
2642 | and its last argument is at index <code>lua_gettop(L)</code>. |
2643 | To return values to Lua, a C function just pushes them onto the stack, |
2644 | in direct order (the first result is pushed first), |
2645 | and returns the number of results. |
2646 | Any other value in the stack below the results will be properly |
2647 | discarded by Lua. |
2648 | Like a Lua function, a C function called by Lua can also return |
2649 | many results. |
2650 | |
2651 | |
2652 | <p> |
2653 | As an example, the following function receives a variable number |
2654 | of numerical arguments and returns their average and sum: |
2655 | |
2656 | <pre> |
2657 | static int foo (lua_State *L) { |
2658 | int n = lua_gettop(L); /* number of arguments */ |
2659 | lua_Number sum = 0; |
2660 | int i; |
2661 | for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) { |
2662 | if (!lua_isnumber(L, i)) { |
2663 | lua_pushstring(L, "incorrect argument"); |
2664 | lua_error(L); |
2665 | } |
2666 | sum += lua_tonumber(L, i); |
2667 | } |
2668 | lua_pushnumber(L, sum/n); /* first result */ |
2669 | lua_pushnumber(L, sum); /* second result */ |
2670 | return 2; /* number of results */ |
2671 | } |
2672 | </pre> |
2673 | |
2674 | |
2675 | |
2676 | |
2677 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_checkstack"><code>lua_checkstack</code></a></h3><p> |
2678 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>m</em>]</span> |
2679 | <pre>int lua_checkstack (lua_State *L, int extra);</pre> |
2680 | |
2681 | <p> |
2682 | Ensures that there are at least <code>extra</code> free stack slots in the stack. |
2683 | It returns false if it cannot grow the stack to that size. |
2684 | This function never shrinks the stack; |
2685 | if the stack is already larger than the new size, |
2686 | it is left unchanged. |
2687 | |
2688 | |
2689 | |
2690 | |
2691 | |
2692 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_close"><code>lua_close</code></a></h3><p> |
2693 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
2694 | <pre>void lua_close (lua_State *L);</pre> |
2695 | |
2696 | <p> |
2697 | Destroys all objects in the given Lua state |
2698 | (calling the corresponding garbage-collection metamethods, if any) |
2699 | and frees all dynamic memory used by this state. |
2700 | On several platforms, you may not need to call this function, |
2701 | because all resources are naturally released when the host program ends. |
2702 | On the other hand, long-running programs, |
2703 | such as a daemon or a web server, |
2704 | might need to release states as soon as they are not needed, |
2705 | to avoid growing too large. |
2706 | |
2707 | |
2708 | |
2709 | |
2710 | |
2711 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_concat"><code>lua_concat</code></a></h3><p> |
2712 | <span class="apii">[-n, +1, <em>e</em>]</span> |
2713 | <pre>void lua_concat (lua_State *L, int n);</pre> |
2714 | |
2715 | <p> |
2716 | Concatenates the <code>n</code> values at the top of the stack, |
2717 | pops them, and leaves the result at the top. |
2718 | If <code>n</code> is 1, the result is the single value on the stack |
2719 | (that is, the function does nothing); |
2720 | if <code>n</code> is 0, the result is the empty string. |
2721 | Concatenation is performed following the usual semantics of Lua |
2722 | (see <a href="#2.5.4">§2.5.4</a>). |
2723 | |
2724 | |
2725 | |
2726 | |
2727 | |
2728 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_cpcall"><code>lua_cpcall</code></a></h3><p> |
2729 | <span class="apii">[-0, +(0|1), <em>-</em>]</span> |
2730 | <pre>int lua_cpcall (lua_State *L, lua_CFunction func, void *ud);</pre> |
2731 | |
2732 | <p> |
2733 | Calls the C function <code>func</code> in protected mode. |
2734 | <code>func</code> starts with only one element in its stack, |
2735 | a light userdata containing <code>ud</code>. |
2736 | In case of errors, |
2737 | <a href="#lua_cpcall"><code>lua_cpcall</code></a> returns the same error codes as <a href="#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a>, |
2738 | plus the error object on the top of the stack; |
2739 | otherwise, it returns zero, and does not change the stack. |
2740 | All values returned by <code>func</code> are discarded. |
2741 | |
2742 | |
2743 | |
2744 | |
2745 | |
2746 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_createtable"><code>lua_createtable</code></a></h3><p> |
2747 | <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> |
2748 | <pre>void lua_createtable (lua_State *L, int narr, int nrec);</pre> |
2749 | |
2750 | <p> |
2751 | Creates a new empty table and pushes it onto the stack. |
2752 | The new table has space pre-allocated |
2753 | for <code>narr</code> array elements and <code>nrec</code> non-array elements. |
2754 | This pre-allocation is useful when you know exactly how many elements |
2755 | the table will have. |
2756 | Otherwise you can use the function <a href="#lua_newtable"><code>lua_newtable</code></a>. |
2757 | |
2758 | |
2759 | |
2760 | |
2761 | |
2762 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_dump"><code>lua_dump</code></a></h3><p> |
2763 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>m</em>]</span> |
2764 | <pre>int lua_dump (lua_State *L, lua_Writer writer, void *data);</pre> |
2765 | |
2766 | <p> |
2767 | Dumps a function as a binary chunk. |
2768 | Receives a Lua function on the top of the stack |
2769 | and produces a binary chunk that, |
2770 | if loaded again, |
2771 | results in a function equivalent to the one dumped. |
2772 | As it produces parts of the chunk, |
2773 | <a href="#lua_dump"><code>lua_dump</code></a> calls function <code>writer</code> (see <a href="#lua_Writer"><code>lua_Writer</code></a>) |
2774 | with the given <code>data</code> |
2775 | to write them. |
2776 | |
2777 | |
2778 | <p> |
2779 | The value returned is the error code returned by the last |
2780 | call to the writer; |
2781 | 0 means no errors. |
2782 | |
2783 | |
2784 | <p> |
2785 | This function does not pop the Lua function from the stack. |
2786 | |
2787 | |
2788 | |
2789 | |
2790 | |
2791 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_equal"><code>lua_equal</code></a></h3><p> |
2792 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>e</em>]</span> |
2793 | <pre>int lua_equal (lua_State *L, int index1, int index2);</pre> |
2794 | |
2795 | <p> |
2796 | Returns 1 if the two values in acceptable indices <code>index1</code> and |
2797 | <code>index2</code> are equal, |
2798 | following the semantics of the Lua <code>==</code> operator |
2799 | (that is, may call metamethods). |
2800 | Otherwise returns 0. |
2801 | Also returns 0 if any of the indices is non valid. |
2802 | |
2803 | |
2804 | |
2805 | |
2806 | |
2807 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_error"><code>lua_error</code></a></h3><p> |
2808 | <span class="apii">[-1, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> |
2809 | <pre>int lua_error (lua_State *L);</pre> |
2810 | |
2811 | <p> |
2812 | Generates a Lua error. |
2813 | The error message (which can actually be a Lua value of any type) |
2814 | must be on the stack top. |
2815 | This function does a long jump, |
2816 | and therefore never returns. |
2817 | (see <a href="#luaL_error"><code>luaL_error</code></a>). |
2818 | |
2819 | |
2820 | |
2821 | |
2822 | |
2823 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_gc"><code>lua_gc</code></a></h3><p> |
2824 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>e</em>]</span> |
2825 | <pre>int lua_gc (lua_State *L, int what, int data);</pre> |
2826 | |
2827 | <p> |
2828 | Controls the garbage collector. |
2829 | |
2830 | |
2831 | <p> |
2832 | This function performs several tasks, |
2833 | according to the value of the parameter <code>what</code>: |
2834 | |
2835 | <ul> |
2836 | |
2837 | <li><b><code>LUA_GCSTOP</code>:</b> |
2838 | stops the garbage collector. |
2839 | </li> |
2840 | |
2841 | <li><b><code>LUA_GCRESTART</code>:</b> |
2842 | restarts the garbage collector. |
2843 | </li> |
2844 | |
2845 | <li><b><code>LUA_GCCOLLECT</code>:</b> |
2846 | performs a full garbage-collection cycle. |
2847 | </li> |
2848 | |
2849 | <li><b><code>LUA_GCCOUNT</code>:</b> |
2850 | returns the current amount of memory (in Kbytes) in use by Lua. |
2851 | </li> |
2852 | |
2853 | <li><b><code>LUA_GCCOUNTB</code>:</b> |
2854 | returns the remainder of dividing the current amount of bytes of |
2855 | memory in use by Lua by 1024. |
2856 | </li> |
2857 | |
2858 | <li><b><code>LUA_GCSTEP</code>:</b> |
2859 | performs an incremental step of garbage collection. |
2860 | The step "size" is controlled by <code>data</code> |
2861 | (larger values mean more steps) in a non-specified way. |
2862 | If you want to control the step size |
2863 | you must experimentally tune the value of <code>data</code>. |
2864 | The function returns 1 if the step finished a |
2865 | garbage-collection cycle. |
2866 | </li> |
2867 | |
2868 | <li><b><code>LUA_GCSETPAUSE</code>:</b> |
2869 | sets <code>data</code> as the new value |
2870 | for the <em>pause</em> of the collector (see <a href="#2.10">§2.10</a>). |
2871 | The function returns the previous value of the pause. |
2872 | </li> |
2873 | |
2874 | <li><b><code>LUA_GCSETSTEPMUL</code>:</b> |
2875 | sets <code>data</code> as the new value for the <em>step multiplier</em> of |
2876 | the collector (see <a href="#2.10">§2.10</a>). |
2877 | The function returns the previous value of the step multiplier. |
2878 | </li> |
2879 | |
2880 | </ul> |
2881 | |
2882 | |
2883 | |
2884 | |
2885 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_getallocf"><code>lua_getallocf</code></a></h3><p> |
2886 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
2887 | <pre>lua_Alloc lua_getallocf (lua_State *L, void **ud);</pre> |
2888 | |
2889 | <p> |
2890 | Returns the memory-allocation function of a given state. |
2891 | If <code>ud</code> is not <code>NULL</code>, Lua stores in <code>*ud</code> the |
2892 | opaque pointer passed to <a href="#lua_newstate"><code>lua_newstate</code></a>. |
2893 | |
2894 | |
2895 | |
2896 | |
2897 | |
2898 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_getfenv"><code>lua_getfenv</code></a></h3><p> |
2899 | <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>-</em>]</span> |
2900 | <pre>void lua_getfenv (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
2901 | |
2902 | <p> |
2903 | Pushes onto the stack the environment table of |
2904 | the value at the given index. |
2905 | |
2906 | |
2907 | |
2908 | |
2909 | |
2910 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_getfield"><code>lua_getfield</code></a></h3><p> |
2911 | <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>e</em>]</span> |
2912 | <pre>void lua_getfield (lua_State *L, int index, const char *k);</pre> |
2913 | |
2914 | <p> |
2915 | Pushes onto the stack the value <code>t[k]</code>, |
2916 | where <code>t</code> is the value at the given valid index. |
2917 | As in Lua, this function may trigger a metamethod |
2918 | for the "index" event (see <a href="#2.8">§2.8</a>). |
2919 | |
2920 | |
2921 | |
2922 | |
2923 | |
2924 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_getglobal"><code>lua_getglobal</code></a></h3><p> |
2925 | <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>e</em>]</span> |
2926 | <pre>void lua_getglobal (lua_State *L, const char *name);</pre> |
2927 | |
2928 | <p> |
2929 | Pushes onto the stack the value of the global <code>name</code>. |
2930 | It is defined as a macro: |
2931 | |
2932 | <pre> |
2933 | #define lua_getglobal(L,s) lua_getfield(L, LUA_GLOBALSINDEX, s) |
2934 | </pre> |
2935 | |
2936 | |
2937 | |
2938 | |
2939 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_getmetatable"><code>lua_getmetatable</code></a></h3><p> |
2940 | <span class="apii">[-0, +(0|1), <em>-</em>]</span> |
2941 | <pre>int lua_getmetatable (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
2942 | |
2943 | <p> |
2944 | Pushes onto the stack the metatable of the value at the given |
2945 | acceptable index. |
2946 | If the index is not valid, |
2947 | or if the value does not have a metatable, |
2948 | the function returns 0 and pushes nothing on the stack. |
2949 | |
2950 | |
2951 | |
2952 | |
2953 | |
2954 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_gettable"><code>lua_gettable</code></a></h3><p> |
2955 | <span class="apii">[-1, +1, <em>e</em>]</span> |
2956 | <pre>void lua_gettable (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
2957 | |
2958 | <p> |
2959 | Pushes onto the stack the value <code>t[k]</code>, |
2960 | where <code>t</code> is the value at the given valid index |
2961 | and <code>k</code> is the value at the top of the stack. |
2962 | |
2963 | |
2964 | <p> |
2965 | This function pops the key from the stack |
2966 | (putting the resulting value in its place). |
2967 | As in Lua, this function may trigger a metamethod |
2968 | for the "index" event (see <a href="#2.8">§2.8</a>). |
2969 | |
2970 | |
2971 | |
2972 | |
2973 | |
2974 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_gettop"><code>lua_gettop</code></a></h3><p> |
2975 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
2976 | <pre>int lua_gettop (lua_State *L);</pre> |
2977 | |
2978 | <p> |
2979 | Returns the index of the top element in the stack. |
2980 | Because indices start at 1, |
2981 | this result is equal to the number of elements in the stack |
2982 | (and so 0 means an empty stack). |
2983 | |
2984 | |
2985 | |
2986 | |
2987 | |
2988 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_insert"><code>lua_insert</code></a></h3><p> |
2989 | <span class="apii">[-1, +1, <em>-</em>]</span> |
2990 | <pre>void lua_insert (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
2991 | |
2992 | <p> |
2993 | Moves the top element into the given valid index, |
2994 | shifting up the elements above this index to open space. |
2995 | Cannot be called with a pseudo-index, |
2996 | because a pseudo-index is not an actual stack position. |
2997 | |
2998 | |
2999 | |
3000 | |
3001 | |
3002 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_Integer"><code>lua_Integer</code></a></h3> |
3003 | <pre>typedef ptrdiff_t lua_Integer;</pre> |
3004 | |
3005 | <p> |
3006 | The type used by the Lua API to represent integral values. |
3007 | |
3008 | |
3009 | <p> |
3010 | By default it is a <code>ptrdiff_t</code>, |
3011 | which is usually the largest signed integral type the machine handles |
3012 | "comfortably". |
3013 | |
3014 | |
3015 | |
3016 | |
3017 | |
3018 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_isboolean"><code>lua_isboolean</code></a></h3><p> |
3019 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3020 | <pre>int lua_isboolean (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
3021 | |
3022 | <p> |
3023 | Returns 1 if the value at the given acceptable index has type boolean, |
3024 | and 0 otherwise. |
3025 | |
3026 | |
3027 | |
3028 | |
3029 | |
3030 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_iscfunction"><code>lua_iscfunction</code></a></h3><p> |
3031 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3032 | <pre>int lua_iscfunction (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
3033 | |
3034 | <p> |
3035 | Returns 1 if the value at the given acceptable index is a C function, |
3036 | and 0 otherwise. |
3037 | |
3038 | |
3039 | |
3040 | |
3041 | |
3042 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_isfunction"><code>lua_isfunction</code></a></h3><p> |
3043 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3044 | <pre>int lua_isfunction (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
3045 | |
3046 | <p> |
3047 | Returns 1 if the value at the given acceptable index is a function |
3048 | (either C or Lua), and 0 otherwise. |
3049 | |
3050 | |
3051 | |
3052 | |
3053 | |
3054 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_islightuserdata"><code>lua_islightuserdata</code></a></h3><p> |
3055 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3056 | <pre>int lua_islightuserdata (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
3057 | |
3058 | <p> |
3059 | Returns 1 if the value at the given acceptable index is a light userdata, |
3060 | and 0 otherwise. |
3061 | |
3062 | |
3063 | |
3064 | |
3065 | |
3066 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_isnil"><code>lua_isnil</code></a></h3><p> |
3067 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3068 | <pre>int lua_isnil (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
3069 | |
3070 | <p> |
3071 | Returns 1 if the value at the given acceptable index is <b>nil</b>, |
3072 | and 0 otherwise. |
3073 | |
3074 | |
3075 | |
3076 | |
3077 | |
3078 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_isnone"><code>lua_isnone</code></a></h3><p> |
3079 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3080 | <pre>int lua_isnone (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
3081 | |
3082 | <p> |
3083 | Returns 1 if the given acceptable index is not valid |
3084 | (that is, it refers to an element outside the current stack), |
3085 | and 0 otherwise. |
3086 | |
3087 | |
3088 | |
3089 | |
3090 | |
3091 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_isnoneornil"><code>lua_isnoneornil</code></a></h3><p> |
3092 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3093 | <pre>int lua_isnoneornil (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
3094 | |
3095 | <p> |
3096 | Returns 1 if the given acceptable index is not valid |
3097 | (that is, it refers to an element outside the current stack) |
3098 | or if the value at this index is <b>nil</b>, |
3099 | and 0 otherwise. |
3100 | |
3101 | |
3102 | |
3103 | |
3104 | |
3105 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_isnumber"><code>lua_isnumber</code></a></h3><p> |
3106 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3107 | <pre>int lua_isnumber (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
3108 | |
3109 | <p> |
3110 | Returns 1 if the value at the given acceptable index is a number |
3111 | or a string convertible to a number, |
3112 | and 0 otherwise. |
3113 | |
3114 | |
3115 | |
3116 | |
3117 | |
3118 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_isstring"><code>lua_isstring</code></a></h3><p> |
3119 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3120 | <pre>int lua_isstring (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
3121 | |
3122 | <p> |
3123 | Returns 1 if the value at the given acceptable index is a string |
3124 | or a number (which is always convertible to a string), |
3125 | and 0 otherwise. |
3126 | |
3127 | |
3128 | |
3129 | |
3130 | |
3131 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_istable"><code>lua_istable</code></a></h3><p> |
3132 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3133 | <pre>int lua_istable (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
3134 | |
3135 | <p> |
3136 | Returns 1 if the value at the given acceptable index is a table, |
3137 | and 0 otherwise. |
3138 | |
3139 | |
3140 | |
3141 | |
3142 | |
3143 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_isthread"><code>lua_isthread</code></a></h3><p> |
3144 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3145 | <pre>int lua_isthread (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
3146 | |
3147 | <p> |
3148 | Returns 1 if the value at the given acceptable index is a thread, |
3149 | and 0 otherwise. |
3150 | |
3151 | |
3152 | |
3153 | |
3154 | |
3155 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_isuserdata"><code>lua_isuserdata</code></a></h3><p> |
3156 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3157 | <pre>int lua_isuserdata (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
3158 | |
3159 | <p> |
3160 | Returns 1 if the value at the given acceptable index is a userdata |
3161 | (either full or light), and 0 otherwise. |
3162 | |
3163 | |
3164 | |
3165 | |
3166 | |
3167 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_lessthan"><code>lua_lessthan</code></a></h3><p> |
3168 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>e</em>]</span> |
3169 | <pre>int lua_lessthan (lua_State *L, int index1, int index2);</pre> |
3170 | |
3171 | <p> |
3172 | Returns 1 if the value at acceptable index <code>index1</code> is smaller |
3173 | than the value at acceptable index <code>index2</code>, |
3174 | following the semantics of the Lua <code><</code> operator |
3175 | (that is, may call metamethods). |
3176 | Otherwise returns 0. |
3177 | Also returns 0 if any of the indices is non valid. |
3178 | |
3179 | |
3180 | |
3181 | |
3182 | |
3183 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a></h3><p> |
3184 | <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3185 | <pre>int lua_load (lua_State *L, |
3186 | lua_Reader reader, |
3187 | void *data, |
3188 | const char *chunkname);</pre> |
3189 | |
3190 | <p> |
3191 | Loads a Lua chunk. |
3192 | If there are no errors, |
3193 | <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a> pushes the compiled chunk as a Lua |
3194 | function on top of the stack. |
3195 | Otherwise, it pushes an error message. |
3196 | The return values of <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a> are: |
3197 | |
3198 | <ul> |
3199 | |
3200 | <li><b>0:</b> no errors;</li> |
3201 | |
3202 | <li><b><a name="pdf-LUA_ERRSYNTAX"><code>LUA_ERRSYNTAX</code></a>:</b> |
3203 | syntax error during pre-compilation;</li> |
3204 | |
3205 | <li><b><a href="#pdf-LUA_ERRMEM"><code>LUA_ERRMEM</code></a>:</b> |
3206 | memory allocation error.</li> |
3207 | |
3208 | </ul> |
3209 | |
3210 | <p> |
3211 | This function only loads a chunk; |
3212 | it does not run it. |
3213 | |
3214 | |
3215 | <p> |
3216 | <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a> automatically detects whether the chunk is text or binary, |
3217 | and loads it accordingly (see program <code>luac</code>). |
3218 | |
3219 | |
3220 | <p> |
3221 | The <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a> function uses a user-supplied <code>reader</code> function |
3222 | to read the chunk (see <a href="#lua_Reader"><code>lua_Reader</code></a>). |
3223 | The <code>data</code> argument is an opaque value passed to the reader function. |
3224 | |
3225 | |
3226 | <p> |
3227 | The <code>chunkname</code> argument gives a name to the chunk, |
3228 | which is used for error messages and in debug information (see <a href="#3.8">§3.8</a>). |
3229 | |
3230 | |
3231 | |
3232 | |
3233 | |
3234 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_newstate"><code>lua_newstate</code></a></h3><p> |
3235 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3236 | <pre>lua_State *lua_newstate (lua_Alloc f, void *ud);</pre> |
3237 | |
3238 | <p> |
3239 | Creates a new, independent state. |
3240 | Returns <code>NULL</code> if cannot create the state |
3241 | (due to lack of memory). |
3242 | The argument <code>f</code> is the allocator function; |
3243 | Lua does all memory allocation for this state through this function. |
3244 | The second argument, <code>ud</code>, is an opaque pointer that Lua |
3245 | simply passes to the allocator in every call. |
3246 | |
3247 | |
3248 | |
3249 | |
3250 | |
3251 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_newtable"><code>lua_newtable</code></a></h3><p> |
3252 | <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> |
3253 | <pre>void lua_newtable (lua_State *L);</pre> |
3254 | |
3255 | <p> |
3256 | Creates a new empty table and pushes it onto the stack. |
3257 | It is equivalent to <code>lua_createtable(L, 0, 0)</code>. |
3258 | |
3259 | |
3260 | |
3261 | |
3262 | |
3263 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_newthread"><code>lua_newthread</code></a></h3><p> |
3264 | <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> |
3265 | <pre>lua_State *lua_newthread (lua_State *L);</pre> |
3266 | |
3267 | <p> |
3268 | Creates a new thread, pushes it on the stack, |
3269 | and returns a pointer to a <a href="#lua_State"><code>lua_State</code></a> that represents this new thread. |
3270 | The new state returned by this function shares with the original state |
3271 | all global objects (such as tables), |
3272 | but has an independent execution stack. |
3273 | |
3274 | |
3275 | <p> |
3276 | There is no explicit function to close or to destroy a thread. |
3277 | Threads are subject to garbage collection, |
3278 | like any Lua object. |
3279 | |
3280 | |
3281 | |
3282 | |
3283 | |
3284 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_newuserdata"><code>lua_newuserdata</code></a></h3><p> |
3285 | <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> |
3286 | <pre>void *lua_newuserdata (lua_State *L, size_t size);</pre> |
3287 | |
3288 | <p> |
3289 | This function allocates a new block of memory with the given size, |
3290 | pushes onto the stack a new full userdata with the block address, |
3291 | and returns this address. |
3292 | |
3293 | |
3294 | <p> |
3295 | Userdata represent C values in Lua. |
3296 | A <em>full userdata</em> represents a block of memory. |
3297 | It is an object (like a table): |
3298 | you must create it, it can have its own metatable, |
3299 | and you can detect when it is being collected. |
3300 | A full userdata is only equal to itself (under raw equality). |
3301 | |
3302 | |
3303 | <p> |
3304 | When Lua collects a full userdata with a <code>gc</code> metamethod, |
3305 | Lua calls the metamethod and marks the userdata as finalized. |
3306 | When this userdata is collected again then |
3307 | Lua frees its corresponding memory. |
3308 | |
3309 | |
3310 | |
3311 | |
3312 | |
3313 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_next"><code>lua_next</code></a></h3><p> |
3314 | <span class="apii">[-1, +(2|0), <em>e</em>]</span> |
3315 | <pre>int lua_next (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
3316 | |
3317 | <p> |
3318 | Pops a key from the stack, |
3319 | and pushes a key-value pair from the table at the given index |
3320 | (the "next" pair after the given key). |
3321 | If there are no more elements in the table, |
3322 | then <a href="#lua_next"><code>lua_next</code></a> returns 0 (and pushes nothing). |
3323 | |
3324 | |
3325 | <p> |
3326 | A typical traversal looks like this: |
3327 | |
3328 | <pre> |
3329 | /* table is in the stack at index 't' */ |
3330 | lua_pushnil(L); /* first key */ |
3331 | while (lua_next(L, t) != 0) { |
3332 | /* uses 'key' (at index -2) and 'value' (at index -1) */ |
3333 | printf("%s - %s\n", |
3334 | lua_typename(L, lua_type(L, -2)), |
3335 | lua_typename(L, lua_type(L, -1))); |
3336 | /* removes 'value'; keeps 'key' for next iteration */ |
3337 | lua_pop(L, 1); |
3338 | } |
3339 | </pre> |
3340 | |
3341 | <p> |
3342 | While traversing a table, |
3343 | do not call <a href="#lua_tolstring"><code>lua_tolstring</code></a> directly on a key, |
3344 | unless you know that the key is actually a string. |
3345 | Recall that <a href="#lua_tolstring"><code>lua_tolstring</code></a> <em>changes</em> |
3346 | the value at the given index; |
3347 | this confuses the next call to <a href="#lua_next"><code>lua_next</code></a>. |
3348 | |
3349 | |
3350 | |
3351 | |
3352 | |
3353 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_Number"><code>lua_Number</code></a></h3> |
3354 | <pre>typedef double lua_Number;</pre> |
3355 | |
3356 | <p> |
3357 | The type of numbers in Lua. |
3358 | By default, it is double, but that can be changed in <code>luaconf.h</code>. |
3359 | |
3360 | |
3361 | <p> |
3362 | Through the configuration file you can change |
3363 | Lua to operate with another type for numbers (e.g., float or long). |
3364 | |
3365 | |
3366 | |
3367 | |
3368 | |
3369 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_objlen"><code>lua_objlen</code></a></h3><p> |
3370 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3371 | <pre>size_t lua_objlen (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
3372 | |
3373 | <p> |
3374 | Returns the "length" of the value at the given acceptable index: |
3375 | for strings, this is the string length; |
3376 | for tables, this is the result of the length operator ('<code>#</code>'); |
3377 | for userdata, this is the size of the block of memory allocated |
3378 | for the userdata; |
3379 | for other values, it is 0. |
3380 | |
3381 | |
3382 | |
3383 | |
3384 | |
3385 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a></h3><p> |
3386 | <span class="apii">[-(nargs + 1), +(nresults|1), <em>-</em>]</span> |
3387 | <pre>int lua_pcall (lua_State *L, int nargs, int nresults, int errfunc);</pre> |
3388 | |
3389 | <p> |
3390 | Calls a function in protected mode. |
3391 | |
3392 | |
3393 | <p> |
3394 | Both <code>nargs</code> and <code>nresults</code> have the same meaning as |
3395 | in <a href="#lua_call"><code>lua_call</code></a>. |
3396 | If there are no errors during the call, |
3397 | <a href="#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a> behaves exactly like <a href="#lua_call"><code>lua_call</code></a>. |
3398 | However, if there is any error, |
3399 | <a href="#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a> catches it, |
3400 | pushes a single value on the stack (the error message), |
3401 | and returns an error code. |
3402 | Like <a href="#lua_call"><code>lua_call</code></a>, |
3403 | <a href="#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a> always removes the function |
3404 | and its arguments from the stack. |
3405 | |
3406 | |
3407 | <p> |
3408 | If <code>errfunc</code> is 0, |
3409 | then the error message returned on the stack |
3410 | is exactly the original error message. |
3411 | Otherwise, <code>errfunc</code> is the stack index of an |
3412 | <em>error handler function</em>. |
3413 | (In the current implementation, this index cannot be a pseudo-index.) |
3414 | In case of runtime errors, |
3415 | this function will be called with the error message |
3416 | and its return value will be the message returned on the stack by <a href="#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a>. |
3417 | |
3418 | |
3419 | <p> |
3420 | Typically, the error handler function is used to add more debug |
3421 | information to the error message, such as a stack traceback. |
3422 | Such information cannot be gathered after the return of <a href="#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a>, |
3423 | since by then the stack has unwound. |
3424 | |
3425 | |
3426 | <p> |
3427 | The <a href="#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a> function returns 0 in case of success |
3428 | or one of the following error codes |
3429 | (defined in <code>lua.h</code>): |
3430 | |
3431 | <ul> |
3432 | |
3433 | <li><b><a name="pdf-LUA_ERRRUN"><code>LUA_ERRRUN</code></a>:</b> |
3434 | a runtime error. |
3435 | </li> |
3436 | |
3437 | <li><b><a name="pdf-LUA_ERRMEM"><code>LUA_ERRMEM</code></a>:</b> |
3438 | memory allocation error. |
3439 | For such errors, Lua does not call the error handler function. |
3440 | </li> |
3441 | |
3442 | <li><b><a name="pdf-LUA_ERRERR"><code>LUA_ERRERR</code></a>:</b> |
3443 | error while running the error handler function. |
3444 | </li> |
3445 | |
3446 | </ul> |
3447 | |
3448 | |
3449 | |
3450 | |
3451 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_pop"><code>lua_pop</code></a></h3><p> |
3452 | <span class="apii">[-n, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3453 | <pre>void lua_pop (lua_State *L, int n);</pre> |
3454 | |
3455 | <p> |
3456 | Pops <code>n</code> elements from the stack. |
3457 | |
3458 | |
3459 | |
3460 | |
3461 | |
3462 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushboolean"><code>lua_pushboolean</code></a></h3><p> |
3463 | <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3464 | <pre>void lua_pushboolean (lua_State *L, int b);</pre> |
3465 | |
3466 | <p> |
3467 | Pushes a boolean value with value <code>b</code> onto the stack. |
3468 | |
3469 | |
3470 | |
3471 | |
3472 | |
3473 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushcclosure"><code>lua_pushcclosure</code></a></h3><p> |
3474 | <span class="apii">[-n, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> |
3475 | <pre>void lua_pushcclosure (lua_State *L, lua_CFunction fn, int n);</pre> |
3476 | |
3477 | <p> |
3478 | Pushes a new C closure onto the stack. |
3479 | |
3480 | |
3481 | <p> |
3482 | When a C function is created, |
3483 | it is possible to associate some values with it, |
3484 | thus creating a C closure (see <a href="#3.4">§3.4</a>); |
3485 | these values are then accessible to the function whenever it is called. |
3486 | To associate values with a C function, |
3487 | first these values should be pushed onto the stack |
3488 | (when there are multiple values, the first value is pushed first). |
3489 | Then <a href="#lua_pushcclosure"><code>lua_pushcclosure</code></a> |
3490 | is called to create and push the C function onto the stack, |
3491 | with the argument <code>n</code> telling how many values should be |
3492 | associated with the function. |
3493 | <a href="#lua_pushcclosure"><code>lua_pushcclosure</code></a> also pops these values from the stack. |
3494 | |
3495 | |
3496 | <p> |
3497 | The maximum value for <code>n</code> is 255. |
3498 | |
3499 | |
3500 | |
3501 | |
3502 | |
3503 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushcfunction"><code>lua_pushcfunction</code></a></h3><p> |
3504 | <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> |
3505 | <pre>void lua_pushcfunction (lua_State *L, lua_CFunction f);</pre> |
3506 | |
3507 | <p> |
3508 | Pushes a C function onto the stack. |
3509 | This function receives a pointer to a C function |
3510 | and pushes onto the stack a Lua value of type <code>function</code> that, |
3511 | when called, invokes the corresponding C function. |
3512 | |
3513 | |
3514 | <p> |
3515 | Any function to be registered in Lua must |
3516 | follow the correct protocol to receive its parameters |
3517 | and return its results (see <a href="#lua_CFunction"><code>lua_CFunction</code></a>). |
3518 | |
3519 | |
3520 | <p> |
3521 | <code>lua_pushcfunction</code> is defined as a macro: |
3522 | |
3523 | <pre> |
3524 | #define lua_pushcfunction(L,f) lua_pushcclosure(L,f,0) |
3525 | </pre> |
3526 | |
3527 | |
3528 | |
3529 | |
3530 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushfstring"><code>lua_pushfstring</code></a></h3><p> |
3531 | <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> |
3532 | <pre>const char *lua_pushfstring (lua_State *L, const char *fmt, ...);</pre> |
3533 | |
3534 | <p> |
3535 | Pushes onto the stack a formatted string |
3536 | and returns a pointer to this string. |
3537 | It is similar to the C function <code>sprintf</code>, |
3538 | but has some important differences: |
3539 | |
3540 | <ul> |
3541 | |
3542 | <li> |
3543 | You do not have to allocate space for the result: |
3544 | the result is a Lua string and Lua takes care of memory allocation |
3545 | (and deallocation, through garbage collection). |
3546 | </li> |
3547 | |
3548 | <li> |
3549 | The conversion specifiers are quite restricted. |
3550 | There are no flags, widths, or precisions. |
3551 | The conversion specifiers can only be |
3552 | '<code>%%</code>' (inserts a '<code>%</code>' in the string), |
3553 | '<code>%s</code>' (inserts a zero-terminated string, with no size restrictions), |
3554 | '<code>%f</code>' (inserts a <a href="#lua_Number"><code>lua_Number</code></a>), |
3555 | '<code>%p</code>' (inserts a pointer as a hexadecimal numeral), |
3556 | '<code>%d</code>' (inserts an <code>int</code>), and |
3557 | '<code>%c</code>' (inserts an <code>int</code> as a character). |
3558 | </li> |
3559 | |
3560 | </ul> |
3561 | |
3562 | |
3563 | |
3564 | |
3565 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushinteger"><code>lua_pushinteger</code></a></h3><p> |
3566 | <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3567 | <pre>void lua_pushinteger (lua_State *L, lua_Integer n);</pre> |
3568 | |
3569 | <p> |
3570 | Pushes a number with value <code>n</code> onto the stack. |
3571 | |
3572 | |
3573 | |
3574 | |
3575 | |
3576 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushlightuserdata"><code>lua_pushlightuserdata</code></a></h3><p> |
3577 | <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3578 | <pre>void lua_pushlightuserdata (lua_State *L, void *p);</pre> |
3579 | |
3580 | <p> |
3581 | Pushes a light userdata onto the stack. |
3582 | |
3583 | |
3584 | <p> |
3585 | Userdata represent C values in Lua. |
3586 | A <em>light userdata</em> represents a pointer. |
3587 | It is a value (like a number): |
3588 | you do not create it, it has no individual metatable, |
3589 | and it is not collected (as it was never created). |
3590 | A light userdata is equal to "any" |
3591 | light userdata with the same C address. |
3592 | |
3593 | |
3594 | |
3595 | |
3596 | |
3597 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushliteral"><code>lua_pushliteral</code></a></h3><p> |
3598 | <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> |
3599 | <pre>void lua_pushliteral (lua_State *L, const char *s);</pre> |
3600 | |
3601 | <p> |
3602 | This macro is equivalent to <a href="#lua_pushlstring"><code>lua_pushlstring</code></a>, |
3603 | but can be used only when <code>s</code> is a literal string. |
3604 | In these cases, it automatically provides the string length. |
3605 | |
3606 | |
3607 | |
3608 | |
3609 | |
3610 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushlstring"><code>lua_pushlstring</code></a></h3><p> |
3611 | <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> |
3612 | <pre>void lua_pushlstring (lua_State *L, const char *s, size_t len);</pre> |
3613 | |
3614 | <p> |
3615 | Pushes the string pointed to by <code>s</code> with size <code>len</code> |
3616 | onto the stack. |
3617 | Lua makes (or reuses) an internal copy of the given string, |
3618 | so the memory at <code>s</code> can be freed or reused immediately after |
3619 | the function returns. |
3620 | The string can contain embedded zeros. |
3621 | |
3622 | |
3623 | |
3624 | |
3625 | |
3626 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushnil"><code>lua_pushnil</code></a></h3><p> |
3627 | <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3628 | <pre>void lua_pushnil (lua_State *L);</pre> |
3629 | |
3630 | <p> |
3631 | Pushes a nil value onto the stack. |
3632 | |
3633 | |
3634 | |
3635 | |
3636 | |
3637 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushnumber"><code>lua_pushnumber</code></a></h3><p> |
3638 | <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3639 | <pre>void lua_pushnumber (lua_State *L, lua_Number n);</pre> |
3640 | |
3641 | <p> |
3642 | Pushes a number with value <code>n</code> onto the stack. |
3643 | |
3644 | |
3645 | |
3646 | |
3647 | |
3648 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushstring"><code>lua_pushstring</code></a></h3><p> |
3649 | <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> |
3650 | <pre>void lua_pushstring (lua_State *L, const char *s);</pre> |
3651 | |
3652 | <p> |
3653 | Pushes the zero-terminated string pointed to by <code>s</code> |
3654 | onto the stack. |
3655 | Lua makes (or reuses) an internal copy of the given string, |
3656 | so the memory at <code>s</code> can be freed or reused immediately after |
3657 | the function returns. |
3658 | The string cannot contain embedded zeros; |
3659 | it is assumed to end at the first zero. |
3660 | |
3661 | |
3662 | |
3663 | |
3664 | |
3665 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushthread"><code>lua_pushthread</code></a></h3><p> |
3666 | <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3667 | <pre>int lua_pushthread (lua_State *L);</pre> |
3668 | |
3669 | <p> |
3670 | Pushes the thread represented by <code>L</code> onto the stack. |
3671 | Returns 1 if this thread is the main thread of its state. |
3672 | |
3673 | |
3674 | |
3675 | |
3676 | |
3677 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushvalue"><code>lua_pushvalue</code></a></h3><p> |
3678 | <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3679 | <pre>void lua_pushvalue (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
3680 | |
3681 | <p> |
3682 | Pushes a copy of the element at the given valid index |
3683 | onto the stack. |
3684 | |
3685 | |
3686 | |
3687 | |
3688 | |
3689 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushvfstring"><code>lua_pushvfstring</code></a></h3><p> |
3690 | <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> |
3691 | <pre>const char *lua_pushvfstring (lua_State *L, |
3692 | const char *fmt, |
3693 | va_list argp);</pre> |
3694 | |
3695 | <p> |
3696 | Equivalent to <a href="#lua_pushfstring"><code>lua_pushfstring</code></a>, except that it receives a <code>va_list</code> |
3697 | instead of a variable number of arguments. |
3698 | |
3699 | |
3700 | |
3701 | |
3702 | |
3703 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_rawequal"><code>lua_rawequal</code></a></h3><p> |
3704 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3705 | <pre>int lua_rawequal (lua_State *L, int index1, int index2);</pre> |
3706 | |
3707 | <p> |
3708 | Returns 1 if the two values in acceptable indices <code>index1</code> and |
3709 | <code>index2</code> are primitively equal |
3710 | (that is, without calling metamethods). |
3711 | Otherwise returns 0. |
3712 | Also returns 0 if any of the indices are non valid. |
3713 | |
3714 | |
3715 | |
3716 | |
3717 | |
3718 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_rawget"><code>lua_rawget</code></a></h3><p> |
3719 | <span class="apii">[-1, +1, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3720 | <pre>void lua_rawget (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
3721 | |
3722 | <p> |
3723 | Similar to <a href="#lua_gettable"><code>lua_gettable</code></a>, but does a raw access |
3724 | (i.e., without metamethods). |
3725 | |
3726 | |
3727 | |
3728 | |
3729 | |
3730 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_rawgeti"><code>lua_rawgeti</code></a></h3><p> |
3731 | <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3732 | <pre>void lua_rawgeti (lua_State *L, int index, int n);</pre> |
3733 | |
3734 | <p> |
3735 | Pushes onto the stack the value <code>t[n]</code>, |
3736 | where <code>t</code> is the value at the given valid index. |
3737 | The access is raw; |
3738 | that is, it does not invoke metamethods. |
3739 | |
3740 | |
3741 | |
3742 | |
3743 | |
3744 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_rawset"><code>lua_rawset</code></a></h3><p> |
3745 | <span class="apii">[-2, +0, <em>m</em>]</span> |
3746 | <pre>void lua_rawset (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
3747 | |
3748 | <p> |
3749 | Similar to <a href="#lua_settable"><code>lua_settable</code></a>, but does a raw assignment |
3750 | (i.e., without metamethods). |
3751 | |
3752 | |
3753 | |
3754 | |
3755 | |
3756 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_rawseti"><code>lua_rawseti</code></a></h3><p> |
3757 | <span class="apii">[-1, +0, <em>m</em>]</span> |
3758 | <pre>void lua_rawseti (lua_State *L, int index, int n);</pre> |
3759 | |
3760 | <p> |
3761 | Does the equivalent of <code>t[n] = v</code>, |
3762 | where <code>t</code> is the value at the given valid index |
3763 | and <code>v</code> is the value at the top of the stack. |
3764 | |
3765 | |
3766 | <p> |
3767 | This function pops the value from the stack. |
3768 | The assignment is raw; |
3769 | that is, it does not invoke metamethods. |
3770 | |
3771 | |
3772 | |
3773 | |
3774 | |
3775 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_Reader"><code>lua_Reader</code></a></h3> |
3776 | <pre>typedef const char * (*lua_Reader) (lua_State *L, |
3777 | void *data, |
3778 | size_t *size);</pre> |
3779 | |
3780 | <p> |
3781 | The reader function used by <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a>. |
3782 | Every time it needs another piece of the chunk, |
3783 | <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a> calls the reader, |
3784 | passing along its <code>data</code> parameter. |
3785 | The reader must return a pointer to a block of memory |
3786 | with a new piece of the chunk |
3787 | and set <code>size</code> to the block size. |
3788 | The block must exist until the reader function is called again. |
3789 | To signal the end of the chunk, |
3790 | the reader must return <code>NULL</code> or set <code>size</code> to zero. |
3791 | The reader function may return pieces of any size greater than zero. |
3792 | |
3793 | |
3794 | |
3795 | |
3796 | |
3797 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_register"><code>lua_register</code></a></h3><p> |
3798 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>e</em>]</span> |
3799 | <pre>void lua_register (lua_State *L, |
3800 | const char *name, |
3801 | lua_CFunction f);</pre> |
3802 | |
3803 | <p> |
3804 | Sets the C function <code>f</code> as the new value of global <code>name</code>. |
3805 | It is defined as a macro: |
3806 | |
3807 | <pre> |
3808 | #define lua_register(L,n,f) \ |
3809 | (lua_pushcfunction(L, f), lua_setglobal(L, n)) |
3810 | </pre> |
3811 | |
3812 | |
3813 | |
3814 | |
3815 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_remove"><code>lua_remove</code></a></h3><p> |
3816 | <span class="apii">[-1, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3817 | <pre>void lua_remove (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
3818 | |
3819 | <p> |
3820 | Removes the element at the given valid index, |
3821 | shifting down the elements above this index to fill the gap. |
3822 | Cannot be called with a pseudo-index, |
3823 | because a pseudo-index is not an actual stack position. |
3824 | |
3825 | |
3826 | |
3827 | |
3828 | |
3829 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_replace"><code>lua_replace</code></a></h3><p> |
3830 | <span class="apii">[-1, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3831 | <pre>void lua_replace (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
3832 | |
3833 | <p> |
3834 | Moves the top element into the given position (and pops it), |
3835 | without shifting any element |
3836 | (therefore replacing the value at the given position). |
3837 | |
3838 | |
3839 | |
3840 | |
3841 | |
3842 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_resume"><code>lua_resume</code></a></h3><p> |
3843 | <span class="apii">[-?, +?, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3844 | <pre>int lua_resume (lua_State *L, int narg);</pre> |
3845 | |
3846 | <p> |
3847 | Starts and resumes a coroutine in a given thread. |
3848 | |
3849 | |
3850 | <p> |
3851 | To start a coroutine, you first create a new thread |
3852 | (see <a href="#lua_newthread"><code>lua_newthread</code></a>); |
3853 | then you push onto its stack the main function plus any arguments; |
3854 | then you call <a href="#lua_resume"><code>lua_resume</code></a>, |
3855 | with <code>narg</code> being the number of arguments. |
3856 | This call returns when the coroutine suspends or finishes its execution. |
3857 | When it returns, the stack contains all values passed to <a href="#lua_yield"><code>lua_yield</code></a>, |
3858 | or all values returned by the body function. |
3859 | <a href="#lua_resume"><code>lua_resume</code></a> returns |
3860 | <a href="#pdf-LUA_YIELD"><code>LUA_YIELD</code></a> if the coroutine yields, |
3861 | 0 if the coroutine finishes its execution |
3862 | without errors, |
3863 | or an error code in case of errors (see <a href="#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a>). |
3864 | In case of errors, |
3865 | the stack is not unwound, |
3866 | so you can use the debug API over it. |
3867 | The error message is on the top of the stack. |
3868 | To restart a coroutine, you put on its stack only the values to |
3869 | be passed as results from <code>yield</code>, |
3870 | and then call <a href="#lua_resume"><code>lua_resume</code></a>. |
3871 | |
3872 | |
3873 | |
3874 | |
3875 | |
3876 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_setallocf"><code>lua_setallocf</code></a></h3><p> |
3877 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3878 | <pre>void lua_setallocf (lua_State *L, lua_Alloc f, void *ud);</pre> |
3879 | |
3880 | <p> |
3881 | Changes the allocator function of a given state to <code>f</code> |
3882 | with user data <code>ud</code>. |
3883 | |
3884 | |
3885 | |
3886 | |
3887 | |
3888 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_setfenv"><code>lua_setfenv</code></a></h3><p> |
3889 | <span class="apii">[-1, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3890 | <pre>int lua_setfenv (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
3891 | |
3892 | <p> |
3893 | Pops a table from the stack and sets it as |
3894 | the new environment for the value at the given index. |
3895 | If the value at the given index is |
3896 | neither a function nor a thread nor a userdata, |
3897 | <a href="#lua_setfenv"><code>lua_setfenv</code></a> returns 0. |
3898 | Otherwise it returns 1. |
3899 | |
3900 | |
3901 | |
3902 | |
3903 | |
3904 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_setfield"><code>lua_setfield</code></a></h3><p> |
3905 | <span class="apii">[-1, +0, <em>e</em>]</span> |
3906 | <pre>void lua_setfield (lua_State *L, int index, const char *k);</pre> |
3907 | |
3908 | <p> |
3909 | Does the equivalent to <code>t[k] = v</code>, |
3910 | where <code>t</code> is the value at the given valid index |
3911 | and <code>v</code> is the value at the top of the stack. |
3912 | |
3913 | |
3914 | <p> |
3915 | This function pops the value from the stack. |
3916 | As in Lua, this function may trigger a metamethod |
3917 | for the "newindex" event (see <a href="#2.8">§2.8</a>). |
3918 | |
3919 | |
3920 | |
3921 | |
3922 | |
3923 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_setglobal"><code>lua_setglobal</code></a></h3><p> |
3924 | <span class="apii">[-1, +0, <em>e</em>]</span> |
3925 | <pre>void lua_setglobal (lua_State *L, const char *name);</pre> |
3926 | |
3927 | <p> |
3928 | Pops a value from the stack and |
3929 | sets it as the new value of global <code>name</code>. |
3930 | It is defined as a macro: |
3931 | |
3932 | <pre> |
3933 | #define lua_setglobal(L,s) lua_setfield(L, LUA_GLOBALSINDEX, s) |
3934 | </pre> |
3935 | |
3936 | |
3937 | |
3938 | |
3939 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_setmetatable"><code>lua_setmetatable</code></a></h3><p> |
3940 | <span class="apii">[-1, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3941 | <pre>int lua_setmetatable (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
3942 | |
3943 | <p> |
3944 | Pops a table from the stack and |
3945 | sets it as the new metatable for the value at the given |
3946 | acceptable index. |
3947 | |
3948 | |
3949 | |
3950 | |
3951 | |
3952 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_settable"><code>lua_settable</code></a></h3><p> |
3953 | <span class="apii">[-2, +0, <em>e</em>]</span> |
3954 | <pre>void lua_settable (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
3955 | |
3956 | <p> |
3957 | Does the equivalent to <code>t[k] = v</code>, |
3958 | where <code>t</code> is the value at the given valid index, |
3959 | <code>v</code> is the value at the top of the stack, |
3960 | and <code>k</code> is the value just below the top. |
3961 | |
3962 | |
3963 | <p> |
3964 | This function pops both the key and the value from the stack. |
3965 | As in Lua, this function may trigger a metamethod |
3966 | for the "newindex" event (see <a href="#2.8">§2.8</a>). |
3967 | |
3968 | |
3969 | |
3970 | |
3971 | |
3972 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_settop"><code>lua_settop</code></a></h3><p> |
3973 | <span class="apii">[-?, +?, <em>-</em>]</span> |
3974 | <pre>void lua_settop (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
3975 | |
3976 | <p> |
3977 | Accepts any acceptable index, or 0, |
3978 | and sets the stack top to this index. |
3979 | If the new top is larger than the old one, |
3980 | then the new elements are filled with <b>nil</b>. |
3981 | If <code>index</code> is 0, then all stack elements are removed. |
3982 | |
3983 | |
3984 | |
3985 | |
3986 | |
3987 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_State"><code>lua_State</code></a></h3> |
3988 | <pre>typedef struct lua_State lua_State;</pre> |
3989 | |
3990 | <p> |
3991 | Opaque structure that keeps the whole state of a Lua interpreter. |
3992 | The Lua library is fully reentrant: |
3993 | it has no global variables. |
3994 | All information about a state is kept in this structure. |
3995 | |
3996 | |
3997 | <p> |
3998 | A pointer to this state must be passed as the first argument to |
3999 | every function in the library, except to <a href="#lua_newstate"><code>lua_newstate</code></a>, |
4000 | which creates a Lua state from scratch. |
4001 | |
4002 | |
4003 | |
4004 | |
4005 | |
4006 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_status"><code>lua_status</code></a></h3><p> |
4007 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
4008 | <pre>int lua_status (lua_State *L);</pre> |
4009 | |
4010 | <p> |
4011 | Returns the status of the thread <code>L</code>. |
4012 | |
4013 | |
4014 | <p> |
4015 | The status can be 0 for a normal thread, |
4016 | an error code if the thread finished its execution with an error, |
4017 | or <a name="pdf-LUA_YIELD"><code>LUA_YIELD</code></a> if the thread is suspended. |
4018 | |
4019 | |
4020 | |
4021 | |
4022 | |
4023 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_toboolean"><code>lua_toboolean</code></a></h3><p> |
4024 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
4025 | <pre>int lua_toboolean (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
4026 | |
4027 | <p> |
4028 | Converts the Lua value at the given acceptable index to a C boolean |
4029 | value (0 or 1). |
4030 | Like all tests in Lua, |
4031 | <a href="#lua_toboolean"><code>lua_toboolean</code></a> returns 1 for any Lua value |
4032 | different from <b>false</b> and <b>nil</b>; |
4033 | otherwise it returns 0. |
4034 | It also returns 0 when called with a non-valid index. |
4035 | (If you want to accept only actual boolean values, |
4036 | use <a href="#lua_isboolean"><code>lua_isboolean</code></a> to test the value's type.) |
4037 | |
4038 | |
4039 | |
4040 | |
4041 | |
4042 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_tocfunction"><code>lua_tocfunction</code></a></h3><p> |
4043 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
4044 | <pre>lua_CFunction lua_tocfunction (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
4045 | |
4046 | <p> |
4047 | Converts a value at the given acceptable index to a C function. |
4048 | That value must be a C function; |
4049 | otherwise, returns <code>NULL</code>. |
4050 | |
4051 | |
4052 | |
4053 | |
4054 | |
4055 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_tointeger"><code>lua_tointeger</code></a></h3><p> |
4056 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
4057 | <pre>lua_Integer lua_tointeger (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
4058 | |
4059 | <p> |
4060 | Converts the Lua value at the given acceptable index |
4061 | to the signed integral type <a href="#lua_Integer"><code>lua_Integer</code></a>. |
4062 | The Lua value must be a number or a string convertible to a number |
4063 | (see <a href="#2.2.1">§2.2.1</a>); |
4064 | otherwise, <a href="#lua_tointeger"><code>lua_tointeger</code></a> returns 0. |
4065 | |
4066 | |
4067 | <p> |
4068 | If the number is not an integer, |
4069 | it is truncated in some non-specified way. |
4070 | |
4071 | |
4072 | |
4073 | |
4074 | |
4075 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_tolstring"><code>lua_tolstring</code></a></h3><p> |
4076 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>m</em>]</span> |
4077 | <pre>const char *lua_tolstring (lua_State *L, int index, size_t *len);</pre> |
4078 | |
4079 | <p> |
4080 | Converts the Lua value at the given acceptable index to a C string. |
4081 | If <code>len</code> is not <code>NULL</code>, |
4082 | it also sets <code>*len</code> with the string length. |
4083 | The Lua value must be a string or a number; |
4084 | otherwise, the function returns <code>NULL</code>. |
4085 | If the value is a number, |
4086 | then <a href="#lua_tolstring"><code>lua_tolstring</code></a> also |
4087 | <em>changes the actual value in the stack to a string</em>. |
4088 | (This change confuses <a href="#lua_next"><code>lua_next</code></a> |
4089 | when <a href="#lua_tolstring"><code>lua_tolstring</code></a> is applied to keys during a table traversal.) |
4090 | |
4091 | |
4092 | <p> |
4093 | <a href="#lua_tolstring"><code>lua_tolstring</code></a> returns a fully aligned pointer |
4094 | to a string inside the Lua state. |
4095 | This string always has a zero ('<code>\0</code>') |
4096 | after its last character (as in C), |
4097 | but can contain other zeros in its body. |
4098 | Because Lua has garbage collection, |
4099 | there is no guarantee that the pointer returned by <a href="#lua_tolstring"><code>lua_tolstring</code></a> |
4100 | will be valid after the corresponding value is removed from the stack. |
4101 | |
4102 | |
4103 | |
4104 | |
4105 | |
4106 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_tonumber"><code>lua_tonumber</code></a></h3><p> |
4107 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
4108 | <pre>lua_Number lua_tonumber (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
4109 | |
4110 | <p> |
4111 | Converts the Lua value at the given acceptable index |
4112 | to the C type <a href="#lua_Number"><code>lua_Number</code></a> (see <a href="#lua_Number"><code>lua_Number</code></a>). |
4113 | The Lua value must be a number or a string convertible to a number |
4114 | (see <a href="#2.2.1">§2.2.1</a>); |
4115 | otherwise, <a href="#lua_tonumber"><code>lua_tonumber</code></a> returns 0. |
4116 | |
4117 | |
4118 | |
4119 | |
4120 | |
4121 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_topointer"><code>lua_topointer</code></a></h3><p> |
4122 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
4123 | <pre>const void *lua_topointer (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
4124 | |
4125 | <p> |
4126 | Converts the value at the given acceptable index to a generic |
4127 | C pointer (<code>void*</code>). |
4128 | The value can be a userdata, a table, a thread, or a function; |
4129 | otherwise, <a href="#lua_topointer"><code>lua_topointer</code></a> returns <code>NULL</code>. |
4130 | Different objects will give different pointers. |
4131 | There is no way to convert the pointer back to its original value. |
4132 | |
4133 | |
4134 | <p> |
4135 | Typically this function is used only for debug information. |
4136 | |
4137 | |
4138 | |
4139 | |
4140 | |
4141 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_tostring"><code>lua_tostring</code></a></h3><p> |
4142 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>m</em>]</span> |
4143 | <pre>const char *lua_tostring (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
4144 | |
4145 | <p> |
4146 | Equivalent to <a href="#lua_tolstring"><code>lua_tolstring</code></a> with <code>len</code> equal to <code>NULL</code>. |
4147 | |
4148 | |
4149 | |
4150 | |
4151 | |
4152 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_tothread"><code>lua_tothread</code></a></h3><p> |
4153 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
4154 | <pre>lua_State *lua_tothread (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
4155 | |
4156 | <p> |
4157 | Converts the value at the given acceptable index to a Lua thread |
4158 | (represented as <code>lua_State*</code>). |
4159 | This value must be a thread; |
4160 | otherwise, the function returns <code>NULL</code>. |
4161 | |
4162 | |
4163 | |
4164 | |
4165 | |
4166 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_touserdata"><code>lua_touserdata</code></a></h3><p> |
4167 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
4168 | <pre>void *lua_touserdata (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
4169 | |
4170 | <p> |
4171 | If the value at the given acceptable index is a full userdata, |
4172 | returns its block address. |
4173 | If the value is a light userdata, |
4174 | returns its pointer. |
4175 | Otherwise, returns <code>NULL</code>. |
4176 | |
4177 | |
4178 | |
4179 | |
4180 | |
4181 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_type"><code>lua_type</code></a></h3><p> |
4182 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
4183 | <pre>int lua_type (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
4184 | |
4185 | <p> |
4186 | Returns the type of the value in the given acceptable index, |
4187 | or <code>LUA_TNONE</code> for a non-valid index |
4188 | (that is, an index to an "empty" stack position). |
4189 | The types returned by <a href="#lua_type"><code>lua_type</code></a> are coded by the following constants |
4190 | defined in <code>lua.h</code>: |
4191 | <code>LUA_TNIL</code>, |
4192 | <code>LUA_TNUMBER</code>, |
4193 | <code>LUA_TBOOLEAN</code>, |
4194 | <code>LUA_TSTRING</code>, |
4195 | <code>LUA_TTABLE</code>, |
4196 | <code>LUA_TFUNCTION</code>, |
4197 | <code>LUA_TUSERDATA</code>, |
4198 | <code>LUA_TTHREAD</code>, |
4199 | and |
4200 | <code>LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA</code>. |
4201 | |
4202 | |
4203 | |
4204 | |
4205 | |
4206 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_typename"><code>lua_typename</code></a></h3><p> |
4207 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
4208 | <pre>const char *lua_typename (lua_State *L, int tp);</pre> |
4209 | |
4210 | <p> |
4211 | Returns the name of the type encoded by the value <code>tp</code>, |
4212 | which must be one the values returned by <a href="#lua_type"><code>lua_type</code></a>. |
4213 | |
4214 | |
4215 | |
4216 | |
4217 | |
4218 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_Writer"><code>lua_Writer</code></a></h3> |
4219 | <pre>typedef int (*lua_Writer) (lua_State *L, |
4220 | const void* p, |
4221 | size_t sz, |
4222 | void* ud);</pre> |
4223 | |
4224 | <p> |
4225 | The type of the writer function used by <a href="#lua_dump"><code>lua_dump</code></a>. |
4226 | Every time it produces another piece of chunk, |
4227 | <a href="#lua_dump"><code>lua_dump</code></a> calls the writer, |
4228 | passing along the buffer to be written (<code>p</code>), |
4229 | its size (<code>sz</code>), |
4230 | and the <code>data</code> parameter supplied to <a href="#lua_dump"><code>lua_dump</code></a>. |
4231 | |
4232 | |
4233 | <p> |
4234 | The writer returns an error code: |
4235 | 0 means no errors; |
4236 | any other value means an error and stops <a href="#lua_dump"><code>lua_dump</code></a> from |
4237 | calling the writer again. |
4238 | |
4239 | |
4240 | |
4241 | |
4242 | |
4243 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_xmove"><code>lua_xmove</code></a></h3><p> |
4244 | <span class="apii">[-?, +?, <em>-</em>]</span> |
4245 | <pre>void lua_xmove (lua_State *from, lua_State *to, int n);</pre> |
4246 | |
4247 | <p> |
4248 | Exchange values between different threads of the <em>same</em> global state. |
4249 | |
4250 | |
4251 | <p> |
4252 | This function pops <code>n</code> values from the stack <code>from</code>, |
4253 | and pushes them onto the stack <code>to</code>. |
4254 | |
4255 | |
4256 | |
4257 | |
4258 | |
4259 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_yield"><code>lua_yield</code></a></h3><p> |
4260 | <span class="apii">[-?, +?, <em>-</em>]</span> |
4261 | <pre>int lua_yield (lua_State *L, int nresults);</pre> |
4262 | |
4263 | <p> |
4264 | Yields a coroutine. |
4265 | |
4266 | |
4267 | <p> |
4268 | This function should only be called as the |
4269 | return expression of a C function, as follows: |
4270 | |
4271 | <pre> |
4272 | return lua_yield (L, nresults); |
4273 | </pre><p> |
4274 | When a C function calls <a href="#lua_yield"><code>lua_yield</code></a> in that way, |
4275 | the running coroutine suspends its execution, |
4276 | and the call to <a href="#lua_resume"><code>lua_resume</code></a> that started this coroutine returns. |
4277 | The parameter <code>nresults</code> is the number of values from the stack |
4278 | that are passed as results to <a href="#lua_resume"><code>lua_resume</code></a>. |
4279 | |
4280 | |
4281 | |
4282 | |
4283 | |
4284 | |
4285 | |
4286 | <h2>3.8 - <a name="3.8">The Debug Interface</a></h2> |
4287 | |
4288 | <p> |
4289 | Lua has no built-in debugging facilities. |
4290 | Instead, it offers a special interface |
4291 | by means of functions and <em>hooks</em>. |
4292 | This interface allows the construction of different |
4293 | kinds of debuggers, profilers, and other tools |
4294 | that need "inside information" from the interpreter. |
4295 | |
4296 | |
4297 | |
4298 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_Debug"><code>lua_Debug</code></a></h3> |
4299 | <pre>typedef struct lua_Debug { |
4300 | int event; |
4301 | const char *name; /* (n) */ |
4302 | const char *namewhat; /* (n) */ |
4303 | const char *what; /* (S) */ |
4304 | const char *source; /* (S) */ |
4305 | int currentline; /* (l) */ |
4306 | int nups; /* (u) number of upvalues */ |
4307 | int linedefined; /* (S) */ |
4308 | int lastlinedefined; /* (S) */ |
4309 | char short_src[LUA_IDSIZE]; /* (S) */ |
4310 | /* private part */ |
4311 | <em>other fields</em> |
4312 | } lua_Debug;</pre> |
4313 | |
4314 | <p> |
4315 | A structure used to carry different pieces of |
4316 | information about an active function. |
4317 | <a href="#lua_getstack"><code>lua_getstack</code></a> fills only the private part |
4318 | of this structure, for later use. |
4319 | To fill the other fields of <a href="#lua_Debug"><code>lua_Debug</code></a> with useful information, |
4320 | call <a href="#lua_getinfo"><code>lua_getinfo</code></a>. |
4321 | |
4322 | |
4323 | <p> |
4324 | The fields of <a href="#lua_Debug"><code>lua_Debug</code></a> have the following meaning: |
4325 | |
4326 | <ul> |
4327 | |
4328 | <li><b><code>source</code>:</b> |
4329 | If the function was defined in a string, |
4330 | then <code>source</code> is that string. |
4331 | If the function was defined in a file, |
4332 | then <code>source</code> starts with a '<code>@</code>' followed by the file name. |
4333 | </li> |
4334 | |
4335 | <li><b><code>short_src</code>:</b> |
4336 | a "printable" version of <code>source</code>, to be used in error messages. |
4337 | </li> |
4338 | |
4339 | <li><b><code>linedefined</code>:</b> |
4340 | the line number where the definition of the function starts. |
4341 | </li> |
4342 | |
4343 | <li><b><code>lastlinedefined</code>:</b> |
4344 | the line number where the definition of the function ends. |
4345 | </li> |
4346 | |
4347 | <li><b><code>what</code>:</b> |
4348 | the string <code>"Lua"</code> if the function is a Lua function, |
4349 | <code>"C"</code> if it is a C function, |
4350 | <code>"main"</code> if it is the main part of a chunk, |
4351 | and <code>"tail"</code> if it was a function that did a tail call. |
4352 | In the latter case, |
4353 | Lua has no other information about the function. |
4354 | </li> |
4355 | |
4356 | <li><b><code>currentline</code>:</b> |
4357 | the current line where the given function is executing. |
4358 | When no line information is available, |
4359 | <code>currentline</code> is set to -1. |
4360 | </li> |
4361 | |
4362 | <li><b><code>name</code>:</b> |
4363 | a reasonable name for the given function. |
4364 | Because functions in Lua are first-class values, |
4365 | they do not have a fixed name: |
4366 | some functions can be the value of multiple global variables, |
4367 | while others can be stored only in a table field. |
4368 | The <code>lua_getinfo</code> function checks how the function was |
4369 | called to find a suitable name. |
4370 | If it cannot find a name, |
4371 | then <code>name</code> is set to <code>NULL</code>. |
4372 | </li> |
4373 | |
4374 | <li><b><code>namewhat</code>:</b> |
4375 | explains the <code>name</code> field. |
4376 | The value of <code>namewhat</code> can be |
4377 | <code>"global"</code>, <code>"local"</code>, <code>"method"</code>, |
4378 | <code>"field"</code>, <code>"upvalue"</code>, or <code>""</code> (the empty string), |
4379 | according to how the function was called. |
4380 | (Lua uses the empty string when no other option seems to apply.) |
4381 | </li> |
4382 | |
4383 | <li><b><code>nups</code>:</b> |
4384 | the number of upvalues of the function. |
4385 | </li> |
4386 | |
4387 | </ul> |
4388 | |
4389 | |
4390 | |
4391 | |
4392 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_gethook"><code>lua_gethook</code></a></h3><p> |
4393 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
4394 | <pre>lua_Hook lua_gethook (lua_State *L);</pre> |
4395 | |
4396 | <p> |
4397 | Returns the current hook function. |
4398 | |
4399 | |
4400 | |
4401 | |
4402 | |
4403 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_gethookcount"><code>lua_gethookcount</code></a></h3><p> |
4404 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
4405 | <pre>int lua_gethookcount (lua_State *L);</pre> |
4406 | |
4407 | <p> |
4408 | Returns the current hook count. |
4409 | |
4410 | |
4411 | |
4412 | |
4413 | |
4414 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_gethookmask"><code>lua_gethookmask</code></a></h3><p> |
4415 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
4416 | <pre>int lua_gethookmask (lua_State *L);</pre> |
4417 | |
4418 | <p> |
4419 | Returns the current hook mask. |
4420 | |
4421 | |
4422 | |
4423 | |
4424 | |
4425 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_getinfo"><code>lua_getinfo</code></a></h3><p> |
4426 | <span class="apii">[-(0|1), +(0|1|2), <em>m</em>]</span> |
4427 | <pre>int lua_getinfo (lua_State *L, const char *what, lua_Debug *ar);</pre> |
4428 | |
4429 | <p> |
4430 | Returns information about a specific function or function invocation. |
4431 | |
4432 | |
4433 | <p> |
4434 | To get information about a function invocation, |
4435 | the parameter <code>ar</code> must be a valid activation record that was |
4436 | filled by a previous call to <a href="#lua_getstack"><code>lua_getstack</code></a> or |
4437 | given as argument to a hook (see <a href="#lua_Hook"><code>lua_Hook</code></a>). |
4438 | |
4439 | |
4440 | <p> |
4441 | To get information about a function you push it onto the stack |
4442 | and start the <code>what</code> string with the character '<code>></code>'. |
4443 | (In that case, |
4444 | <code>lua_getinfo</code> pops the function in the top of the stack.) |
4445 | For instance, to know in which line a function <code>f</code> was defined, |
4446 | you can write the following code: |
4447 | |
4448 | <pre> |
4449 | lua_Debug ar; |
4450 | lua_getfield(L, LUA_GLOBALSINDEX, "f"); /* get global 'f' */ |
4451 | lua_getinfo(L, ">S", &ar); |
4452 | printf("%d\n", ar.linedefined); |
4453 | </pre> |
4454 | |
4455 | <p> |
4456 | Each character in the string <code>what</code> |
4457 | selects some fields of the structure <code>ar</code> to be filled or |
4458 | a value to be pushed on the stack: |
4459 | |
4460 | <ul> |
4461 | |
4462 | <li><b>'<code>n</code>':</b> fills in the field <code>name</code> and <code>namewhat</code>; |
4463 | </li> |
4464 | |
4465 | <li><b>'<code>S</code>':</b> |
4466 | fills in the fields <code>source</code>, <code>short_src</code>, |
4467 | <code>linedefined</code>, <code>lastlinedefined</code>, and <code>what</code>; |
4468 | </li> |
4469 | |
4470 | <li><b>'<code>l</code>':</b> fills in the field <code>currentline</code>; |
4471 | </li> |
4472 | |
4473 | <li><b>'<code>u</code>':</b> fills in the field <code>nups</code>; |
4474 | </li> |
4475 | |
4476 | <li><b>'<code>f</code>':</b> |
4477 | pushes onto the stack the function that is |
4478 | running at the given level; |
4479 | </li> |
4480 | |
4481 | <li><b>'<code>L</code>':</b> |
4482 | pushes onto the stack a table whose indices are the |
4483 | numbers of the lines that are valid on the function. |
4484 | (A <em>valid line</em> is a line with some associated code, |
4485 | that is, a line where you can put a break point. |
4486 | Non-valid lines include empty lines and comments.) |
4487 | </li> |
4488 | |
4489 | </ul> |
4490 | |
4491 | <p> |
4492 | This function returns 0 on error |
4493 | (for instance, an invalid option in <code>what</code>). |
4494 | |
4495 | |
4496 | |
4497 | |
4498 | |
4499 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_getlocal"><code>lua_getlocal</code></a></h3><p> |
4500 | <span class="apii">[-0, +(0|1), <em>-</em>]</span> |
4501 | <pre>const char *lua_getlocal (lua_State *L, lua_Debug *ar, int n);</pre> |
4502 | |
4503 | <p> |
4504 | Gets information about a local variable of a given activation record. |
4505 | The parameter <code>ar</code> must be a valid activation record that was |
4506 | filled by a previous call to <a href="#lua_getstack"><code>lua_getstack</code></a> or |
4507 | given as argument to a hook (see <a href="#lua_Hook"><code>lua_Hook</code></a>). |
4508 | The index <code>n</code> selects which local variable to inspect |
4509 | (1 is the first parameter or active local variable, and so on, |
4510 | until the last active local variable). |
4511 | <a href="#lua_getlocal"><code>lua_getlocal</code></a> pushes the variable's value onto the stack |
4512 | and returns its name. |
4513 | |
4514 | |
4515 | <p> |
4516 | Variable names starting with '<code>(</code>' (open parentheses) |
4517 | represent internal variables |
4518 | (loop control variables, temporaries, and C function locals). |
4519 | |
4520 | |
4521 | <p> |
4522 | Returns <code>NULL</code> (and pushes nothing) |
4523 | when the index is greater than |
4524 | the number of active local variables. |
4525 | |
4526 | |
4527 | |
4528 | |
4529 | |
4530 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_getstack"><code>lua_getstack</code></a></h3><p> |
4531 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
4532 | <pre>int lua_getstack (lua_State *L, int level, lua_Debug *ar);</pre> |
4533 | |
4534 | <p> |
4535 | Get information about the interpreter runtime stack. |
4536 | |
4537 | |
4538 | <p> |
4539 | This function fills parts of a <a href="#lua_Debug"><code>lua_Debug</code></a> structure with |
4540 | an identification of the <em>activation record</em> |
4541 | of the function executing at a given level. |
4542 | Level 0 is the current running function, |
4543 | whereas level <em>n+1</em> is the function that has called level <em>n</em>. |
4544 | When there are no errors, <a href="#lua_getstack"><code>lua_getstack</code></a> returns 1; |
4545 | when called with a level greater than the stack depth, |
4546 | it returns 0. |
4547 | |
4548 | |
4549 | |
4550 | |
4551 | |
4552 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_getupvalue"><code>lua_getupvalue</code></a></h3><p> |
4553 | <span class="apii">[-0, +(0|1), <em>-</em>]</span> |
4554 | <pre>const char *lua_getupvalue (lua_State *L, int funcindex, int n);</pre> |
4555 | |
4556 | <p> |
4557 | Gets information about a closure's upvalue. |
4558 | (For Lua functions, |
4559 | upvalues are the external local variables that the function uses, |
4560 | and that are consequently included in its closure.) |
4561 | <a href="#lua_getupvalue"><code>lua_getupvalue</code></a> gets the index <code>n</code> of an upvalue, |
4562 | pushes the upvalue's value onto the stack, |
4563 | and returns its name. |
4564 | <code>funcindex</code> points to the closure in the stack. |
4565 | (Upvalues have no particular order, |
4566 | as they are active through the whole function. |
4567 | So, they are numbered in an arbitrary order.) |
4568 | |
4569 | |
4570 | <p> |
4571 | Returns <code>NULL</code> (and pushes nothing) |
4572 | when the index is greater than the number of upvalues. |
4573 | For C functions, this function uses the empty string <code>""</code> |
4574 | as a name for all upvalues. |
4575 | |
4576 | |
4577 | |
4578 | |
4579 | |
4580 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_Hook"><code>lua_Hook</code></a></h3> |
4581 | <pre>typedef void (*lua_Hook) (lua_State *L, lua_Debug *ar);</pre> |
4582 | |
4583 | <p> |
4584 | Type for debugging hook functions. |
4585 | |
4586 | |
4587 | <p> |
4588 | Whenever a hook is called, its <code>ar</code> argument has its field |
4589 | <code>event</code> set to the specific event that triggered the hook. |
4590 | Lua identifies these events with the following constants: |
4591 | <a name="pdf-LUA_HOOKCALL"><code>LUA_HOOKCALL</code></a>, <a name="pdf-LUA_HOOKRET"><code>LUA_HOOKRET</code></a>, |
4592 | <a name="pdf-LUA_HOOKTAILRET"><code>LUA_HOOKTAILRET</code></a>, <a name="pdf-LUA_HOOKLINE"><code>LUA_HOOKLINE</code></a>, |
4593 | and <a name="pdf-LUA_HOOKCOUNT"><code>LUA_HOOKCOUNT</code></a>. |
4594 | Moreover, for line events, the field <code>currentline</code> is also set. |
4595 | To get the value of any other field in <code>ar</code>, |
4596 | the hook must call <a href="#lua_getinfo"><code>lua_getinfo</code></a>. |
4597 | For return events, <code>event</code> can be <code>LUA_HOOKRET</code>, |
4598 | the normal value, or <code>LUA_HOOKTAILRET</code>. |
4599 | In the latter case, Lua is simulating a return from |
4600 | a function that did a tail call; |
4601 | in this case, it is useless to call <a href="#lua_getinfo"><code>lua_getinfo</code></a>. |
4602 | |
4603 | |
4604 | <p> |
4605 | While Lua is running a hook, it disables other calls to hooks. |
4606 | Therefore, if a hook calls back Lua to execute a function or a chunk, |
4607 | this execution occurs without any calls to hooks. |
4608 | |
4609 | |
4610 | |
4611 | |
4612 | |
4613 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_sethook"><code>lua_sethook</code></a></h3><p> |
4614 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
4615 | <pre>int lua_sethook (lua_State *L, lua_Hook f, int mask, int count);</pre> |
4616 | |
4617 | <p> |
4618 | Sets the debugging hook function. |
4619 | |
4620 | |
4621 | <p> |
4622 | Argument <code>f</code> is the hook function. |
4623 | <code>mask</code> specifies on which events the hook will be called: |
4624 | it is formed by a bitwise or of the constants |
4625 | <a name="pdf-LUA_MASKCALL"><code>LUA_MASKCALL</code></a>, |
4626 | <a name="pdf-LUA_MASKRET"><code>LUA_MASKRET</code></a>, |
4627 | <a name="pdf-LUA_MASKLINE"><code>LUA_MASKLINE</code></a>, |
4628 | and <a name="pdf-LUA_MASKCOUNT"><code>LUA_MASKCOUNT</code></a>. |
4629 | The <code>count</code> argument is only meaningful when the mask |
4630 | includes <code>LUA_MASKCOUNT</code>. |
4631 | For each event, the hook is called as explained below: |
4632 | |
4633 | <ul> |
4634 | |
4635 | <li><b>The call hook:</b> is called when the interpreter calls a function. |
4636 | The hook is called just after Lua enters the new function, |
4637 | before the function gets its arguments. |
4638 | </li> |
4639 | |
4640 | <li><b>The return hook:</b> is called when the interpreter returns from a function. |
4641 | The hook is called just before Lua leaves the function. |
4642 | You have no access to the values to be returned by the function. |
4643 | </li> |
4644 | |
4645 | <li><b>The line hook:</b> is called when the interpreter is about to |
4646 | start the execution of a new line of code, |
4647 | or when it jumps back in the code (even to the same line). |
4648 | (This event only happens while Lua is executing a Lua function.) |
4649 | </li> |
4650 | |
4651 | <li><b>The count hook:</b> is called after the interpreter executes every |
4652 | <code>count</code> instructions. |
4653 | (This event only happens while Lua is executing a Lua function.) |
4654 | </li> |
4655 | |
4656 | </ul> |
4657 | |
4658 | <p> |
4659 | A hook is disabled by setting <code>mask</code> to zero. |
4660 | |
4661 | |
4662 | |
4663 | |
4664 | |
4665 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_setlocal"><code>lua_setlocal</code></a></h3><p> |
4666 | <span class="apii">[-(0|1), +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
4667 | <pre>const char *lua_setlocal (lua_State *L, lua_Debug *ar, int n);</pre> |
4668 | |
4669 | <p> |
4670 | Sets the value of a local variable of a given activation record. |
4671 | Parameters <code>ar</code> and <code>n</code> are as in <a href="#lua_getlocal"><code>lua_getlocal</code></a> |
4672 | (see <a href="#lua_getlocal"><code>lua_getlocal</code></a>). |
4673 | <a href="#lua_setlocal"><code>lua_setlocal</code></a> assigns the value at the top of the stack |
4674 | to the variable and returns its name. |
4675 | It also pops the value from the stack. |
4676 | |
4677 | |
4678 | <p> |
4679 | Returns <code>NULL</code> (and pops nothing) |
4680 | when the index is greater than |
4681 | the number of active local variables. |
4682 | |
4683 | |
4684 | |
4685 | |
4686 | |
4687 | <hr><h3><a name="lua_setupvalue"><code>lua_setupvalue</code></a></h3><p> |
4688 | <span class="apii">[-(0|1), +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
4689 | <pre>const char *lua_setupvalue (lua_State *L, int funcindex, int n);</pre> |
4690 | |
4691 | <p> |
4692 | Sets the value of a closure's upvalue. |
4693 | It assigns the value at the top of the stack |
4694 | to the upvalue and returns its name. |
4695 | It also pops the value from the stack. |
4696 | Parameters <code>funcindex</code> and <code>n</code> are as in the <a href="#lua_getupvalue"><code>lua_getupvalue</code></a> |
4697 | (see <a href="#lua_getupvalue"><code>lua_getupvalue</code></a>). |
4698 | |
4699 | |
4700 | <p> |
4701 | Returns <code>NULL</code> (and pops nothing) |
4702 | when the index is greater than the number of upvalues. |
4703 | |
4704 | |
4705 | |
4706 | |
4707 | |
4708 | |
4709 | |
4710 | <h1>4 - <a name="4">The Auxiliary Library</a></h1> |
4711 | |
4712 | <p> |
4713 | |
4714 | The <em>auxiliary library</em> provides several convenient functions |
4715 | to interface C with Lua. |
4716 | While the basic API provides the primitive functions for all |
4717 | interactions between C and Lua, |
4718 | the auxiliary library provides higher-level functions for some |
4719 | common tasks. |
4720 | |
4721 | |
4722 | <p> |
4723 | All functions from the auxiliary library |
4724 | are defined in header file <code>lauxlib.h</code> and |
4725 | have a prefix <code>luaL_</code>. |
4726 | |
4727 | |
4728 | <p> |
4729 | All functions in the auxiliary library are built on |
4730 | top of the basic API, |
4731 | and so they provide nothing that cannot be done with this API. |
4732 | |
4733 | |
4734 | <p> |
4735 | Several functions in the auxiliary library are used to |
4736 | check C function arguments. |
4737 | Their names are always <code>luaL_check*</code> or <code>luaL_opt*</code>. |
4738 | All of these functions throw an error if the check is not satisfied. |
4739 | Because the error message is formatted for arguments |
4740 | (e.g., "<code>bad argument #1</code>"), |
4741 | you should not use these functions for other stack values. |
4742 | |
4743 | |
4744 | |
4745 | <h2>4.1 - <a name="4.1">Functions and Types</a></h2> |
4746 | |
4747 | <p> |
4748 | Here we list all functions and types from the auxiliary library |
4749 | in alphabetical order. |
4750 | |
4751 | |
4752 | |
4753 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_addchar"><code>luaL_addchar</code></a></h3><p> |
4754 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>m</em>]</span> |
4755 | <pre>void luaL_addchar (luaL_Buffer *B, char c);</pre> |
4756 | |
4757 | <p> |
4758 | Adds the character <code>c</code> to the buffer <code>B</code> |
4759 | (see <a href="#luaL_Buffer"><code>luaL_Buffer</code></a>). |
4760 | |
4761 | |
4762 | |
4763 | |
4764 | |
4765 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_addlstring"><code>luaL_addlstring</code></a></h3><p> |
4766 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>m</em>]</span> |
4767 | <pre>void luaL_addlstring (luaL_Buffer *B, const char *s, size_t l);</pre> |
4768 | |
4769 | <p> |
4770 | Adds the string pointed to by <code>s</code> with length <code>l</code> to |
4771 | the buffer <code>B</code> |
4772 | (see <a href="#luaL_Buffer"><code>luaL_Buffer</code></a>). |
4773 | The string may contain embedded zeros. |
4774 | |
4775 | |
4776 | |
4777 | |
4778 | |
4779 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_addsize"><code>luaL_addsize</code></a></h3><p> |
4780 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>m</em>]</span> |
4781 | <pre>void luaL_addsize (luaL_Buffer *B, size_t n);</pre> |
4782 | |
4783 | <p> |
4784 | Adds to the buffer <code>B</code> (see <a href="#luaL_Buffer"><code>luaL_Buffer</code></a>) |
4785 | a string of length <code>n</code> previously copied to the |
4786 | buffer area (see <a href="#luaL_prepbuffer"><code>luaL_prepbuffer</code></a>). |
4787 | |
4788 | |
4789 | |
4790 | |
4791 | |
4792 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_addstring"><code>luaL_addstring</code></a></h3><p> |
4793 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>m</em>]</span> |
4794 | <pre>void luaL_addstring (luaL_Buffer *B, const char *s);</pre> |
4795 | |
4796 | <p> |
4797 | Adds the zero-terminated string pointed to by <code>s</code> |
4798 | to the buffer <code>B</code> |
4799 | (see <a href="#luaL_Buffer"><code>luaL_Buffer</code></a>). |
4800 | The string may not contain embedded zeros. |
4801 | |
4802 | |
4803 | |
4804 | |
4805 | |
4806 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_addvalue"><code>luaL_addvalue</code></a></h3><p> |
4807 | <span class="apii">[-1, +0, <em>m</em>]</span> |
4808 | <pre>void luaL_addvalue (luaL_Buffer *B);</pre> |
4809 | |
4810 | <p> |
4811 | Adds the value at the top of the stack |
4812 | to the buffer <code>B</code> |
4813 | (see <a href="#luaL_Buffer"><code>luaL_Buffer</code></a>). |
4814 | Pops the value. |
4815 | |
4816 | |
4817 | <p> |
4818 | This is the only function on string buffers that can (and must) |
4819 | be called with an extra element on the stack, |
4820 | which is the value to be added to the buffer. |
4821 | |
4822 | |
4823 | |
4824 | |
4825 | |
4826 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_argcheck"><code>luaL_argcheck</code></a></h3><p> |
4827 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> |
4828 | <pre>void luaL_argcheck (lua_State *L, |
4829 | int cond, |
4830 | int narg, |
4831 | const char *extramsg);</pre> |
4832 | |
4833 | <p> |
4834 | Checks whether <code>cond</code> is true. |
4835 | If not, raises an error with the following message, |
4836 | where <code>func</code> is retrieved from the call stack: |
4837 | |
4838 | <pre> |
4839 | bad argument #<narg> to <func> (<extramsg>) |
4840 | </pre> |
4841 | |
4842 | |
4843 | |
4844 | |
4845 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_argerror"><code>luaL_argerror</code></a></h3><p> |
4846 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> |
4847 | <pre>int luaL_argerror (lua_State *L, int narg, const char *extramsg);</pre> |
4848 | |
4849 | <p> |
4850 | Raises an error with the following message, |
4851 | where <code>func</code> is retrieved from the call stack: |
4852 | |
4853 | <pre> |
4854 | bad argument #<narg> to <func> (<extramsg>) |
4855 | </pre> |
4856 | |
4857 | <p> |
4858 | This function never returns, |
4859 | but it is an idiom to use it in C functions |
4860 | as <code>return luaL_argerror(<em>args</em>)</code>. |
4861 | |
4862 | |
4863 | |
4864 | |
4865 | |
4866 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_Buffer"><code>luaL_Buffer</code></a></h3> |
4867 | <pre>typedef struct luaL_Buffer luaL_Buffer;</pre> |
4868 | |
4869 | <p> |
4870 | Type for a <em>string buffer</em>. |
4871 | |
4872 | |
4873 | <p> |
4874 | A string buffer allows C code to build Lua strings piecemeal. |
4875 | Its pattern of use is as follows: |
4876 | |
4877 | <ul> |
4878 | |
4879 | <li>First you declare a variable <code>b</code> of type <a href="#luaL_Buffer"><code>luaL_Buffer</code></a>.</li> |
4880 | |
4881 | <li>Then you initialize it with a call <code>luaL_buffinit(L, &b)</code>.</li> |
4882 | |
4883 | <li> |
4884 | Then you add string pieces to the buffer calling any of |
4885 | the <code>luaL_add*</code> functions. |
4886 | </li> |
4887 | |
4888 | <li> |
4889 | You finish by calling <code>luaL_pushresult(&b)</code>. |
4890 | This call leaves the final string on the top of the stack. |
4891 | </li> |
4892 | |
4893 | </ul> |
4894 | |
4895 | <p> |
4896 | During its normal operation, |
4897 | a string buffer uses a variable number of stack slots. |
4898 | So, while using a buffer, you cannot assume that you know where |
4899 | the top of the stack is. |
4900 | You can use the stack between successive calls to buffer operations |
4901 | as long as that use is balanced; |
4902 | that is, |
4903 | when you call a buffer operation, |
4904 | the stack is at the same level |
4905 | it was immediately after the previous buffer operation. |
4906 | (The only exception to this rule is <a href="#luaL_addvalue"><code>luaL_addvalue</code></a>.) |
4907 | After calling <a href="#luaL_pushresult"><code>luaL_pushresult</code></a> the stack is back to its |
4908 | level when the buffer was initialized, |
4909 | plus the final string on its top. |
4910 | |
4911 | |
4912 | |
4913 | |
4914 | |
4915 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_buffinit"><code>luaL_buffinit</code></a></h3><p> |
4916 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
4917 | <pre>void luaL_buffinit (lua_State *L, luaL_Buffer *B);</pre> |
4918 | |
4919 | <p> |
4920 | Initializes a buffer <code>B</code>. |
4921 | This function does not allocate any space; |
4922 | the buffer must be declared as a variable |
4923 | (see <a href="#luaL_Buffer"><code>luaL_Buffer</code></a>). |
4924 | |
4925 | |
4926 | |
4927 | |
4928 | |
4929 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_callmeta"><code>luaL_callmeta</code></a></h3><p> |
4930 | <span class="apii">[-0, +(0|1), <em>e</em>]</span> |
4931 | <pre>int luaL_callmeta (lua_State *L, int obj, const char *e);</pre> |
4932 | |
4933 | <p> |
4934 | Calls a metamethod. |
4935 | |
4936 | |
4937 | <p> |
4938 | If the object at index <code>obj</code> has a metatable and this |
4939 | metatable has a field <code>e</code>, |
4940 | this function calls this field and passes the object as its only argument. |
4941 | In this case this function returns 1 and pushes onto the |
4942 | stack the value returned by the call. |
4943 | If there is no metatable or no metamethod, |
4944 | this function returns 0 (without pushing any value on the stack). |
4945 | |
4946 | |
4947 | |
4948 | |
4949 | |
4950 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_checkany"><code>luaL_checkany</code></a></h3><p> |
4951 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> |
4952 | <pre>void luaL_checkany (lua_State *L, int narg);</pre> |
4953 | |
4954 | <p> |
4955 | Checks whether the function has an argument |
4956 | of any type (including <b>nil</b>) at position <code>narg</code>. |
4957 | |
4958 | |
4959 | |
4960 | |
4961 | |
4962 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_checkint"><code>luaL_checkint</code></a></h3><p> |
4963 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> |
4964 | <pre>int luaL_checkint (lua_State *L, int narg);</pre> |
4965 | |
4966 | <p> |
4967 | Checks whether the function argument <code>narg</code> is a number |
4968 | and returns this number cast to an <code>int</code>. |
4969 | |
4970 | |
4971 | |
4972 | |
4973 | |
4974 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_checkinteger"><code>luaL_checkinteger</code></a></h3><p> |
4975 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> |
4976 | <pre>lua_Integer luaL_checkinteger (lua_State *L, int narg);</pre> |
4977 | |
4978 | <p> |
4979 | Checks whether the function argument <code>narg</code> is a number |
4980 | and returns this number cast to a <a href="#lua_Integer"><code>lua_Integer</code></a>. |
4981 | |
4982 | |
4983 | |
4984 | |
4985 | |
4986 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_checklong"><code>luaL_checklong</code></a></h3><p> |
4987 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> |
4988 | <pre>long luaL_checklong (lua_State *L, int narg);</pre> |
4989 | |
4990 | <p> |
4991 | Checks whether the function argument <code>narg</code> is a number |
4992 | and returns this number cast to a <code>long</code>. |
4993 | |
4994 | |
4995 | |
4996 | |
4997 | |
4998 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_checklstring"><code>luaL_checklstring</code></a></h3><p> |
4999 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> |
5000 | <pre>const char *luaL_checklstring (lua_State *L, int narg, size_t *l);</pre> |
5001 | |
5002 | <p> |
5003 | Checks whether the function argument <code>narg</code> is a string |
5004 | and returns this string; |
5005 | if <code>l</code> is not <code>NULL</code> fills <code>*l</code> |
5006 | with the string's length. |
5007 | |
5008 | |
5009 | <p> |
5010 | This function uses <a href="#lua_tolstring"><code>lua_tolstring</code></a> to get its result, |
5011 | so all conversions and caveats of that function apply here. |
5012 | |
5013 | |
5014 | |
5015 | |
5016 | |
5017 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_checknumber"><code>luaL_checknumber</code></a></h3><p> |
5018 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> |
5019 | <pre>lua_Number luaL_checknumber (lua_State *L, int narg);</pre> |
5020 | |
5021 | <p> |
5022 | Checks whether the function argument <code>narg</code> is a number |
5023 | and returns this number. |
5024 | |
5025 | |
5026 | |
5027 | |
5028 | |
5029 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_checkoption"><code>luaL_checkoption</code></a></h3><p> |
5030 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> |
5031 | <pre>int luaL_checkoption (lua_State *L, |
5032 | int narg, |
5033 | const char *def, |
5034 | const char *const lst[]);</pre> |
5035 | |
5036 | <p> |
5037 | Checks whether the function argument <code>narg</code> is a string and |
5038 | searches for this string in the array <code>lst</code> |
5039 | (which must be NULL-terminated). |
5040 | Returns the index in the array where the string was found. |
5041 | Raises an error if the argument is not a string or |
5042 | if the string cannot be found. |
5043 | |
5044 | |
5045 | <p> |
5046 | If <code>def</code> is not <code>NULL</code>, |
5047 | the function uses <code>def</code> as a default value when |
5048 | there is no argument <code>narg</code> or if this argument is <b>nil</b>. |
5049 | |
5050 | |
5051 | <p> |
5052 | This is a useful function for mapping strings to C enums. |
5053 | (The usual convention in Lua libraries is |
5054 | to use strings instead of numbers to select options.) |
5055 | |
5056 | |
5057 | |
5058 | |
5059 | |
5060 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_checkstack"><code>luaL_checkstack</code></a></h3><p> |
5061 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> |
5062 | <pre>void luaL_checkstack (lua_State *L, int sz, const char *msg);</pre> |
5063 | |
5064 | <p> |
5065 | Grows the stack size to <code>top + sz</code> elements, |
5066 | raising an error if the stack cannot grow to that size. |
5067 | <code>msg</code> is an additional text to go into the error message. |
5068 | |
5069 | |
5070 | |
5071 | |
5072 | |
5073 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_checkstring"><code>luaL_checkstring</code></a></h3><p> |
5074 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> |
5075 | <pre>const char *luaL_checkstring (lua_State *L, int narg);</pre> |
5076 | |
5077 | <p> |
5078 | Checks whether the function argument <code>narg</code> is a string |
5079 | and returns this string. |
5080 | |
5081 | |
5082 | <p> |
5083 | This function uses <a href="#lua_tolstring"><code>lua_tolstring</code></a> to get its result, |
5084 | so all conversions and caveats of that function apply here. |
5085 | |
5086 | |
5087 | |
5088 | |
5089 | |
5090 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_checktype"><code>luaL_checktype</code></a></h3><p> |
5091 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> |
5092 | <pre>void luaL_checktype (lua_State *L, int narg, int t);</pre> |
5093 | |
5094 | <p> |
5095 | Checks whether the function argument <code>narg</code> has type <code>t</code>. |
5096 | See <a href="#lua_type"><code>lua_type</code></a> for the encoding of types for <code>t</code>. |
5097 | |
5098 | |
5099 | |
5100 | |
5101 | |
5102 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_checkudata"><code>luaL_checkudata</code></a></h3><p> |
5103 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> |
5104 | <pre>void *luaL_checkudata (lua_State *L, int narg, const char *tname);</pre> |
5105 | |
5106 | <p> |
5107 | Checks whether the function argument <code>narg</code> is a userdata |
5108 | of the type <code>tname</code> (see <a href="#luaL_newmetatable"><code>luaL_newmetatable</code></a>). |
5109 | |
5110 | |
5111 | |
5112 | |
5113 | |
5114 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_dofile"><code>luaL_dofile</code></a></h3><p> |
5115 | <span class="apii">[-0, +?, <em>m</em>]</span> |
5116 | <pre>int luaL_dofile (lua_State *L, const char *filename);</pre> |
5117 | |
5118 | <p> |
5119 | Loads and runs the given file. |
5120 | It is defined as the following macro: |
5121 | |
5122 | <pre> |
5123 | (luaL_loadfile(L, filename) || lua_pcall(L, 0, LUA_MULTRET, 0)) |
5124 | </pre><p> |
5125 | It returns 0 if there are no errors |
5126 | or 1 in case of errors. |
5127 | |
5128 | |
5129 | |
5130 | |
5131 | |
5132 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_dostring"><code>luaL_dostring</code></a></h3><p> |
5133 | <span class="apii">[-0, +?, <em>m</em>]</span> |
5134 | <pre>int luaL_dostring (lua_State *L, const char *str);</pre> |
5135 | |
5136 | <p> |
5137 | Loads and runs the given string. |
5138 | It is defined as the following macro: |
5139 | |
5140 | <pre> |
5141 | (luaL_loadstring(L, str) || lua_pcall(L, 0, LUA_MULTRET, 0)) |
5142 | </pre><p> |
5143 | It returns 0 if there are no errors |
5144 | or 1 in case of errors. |
5145 | |
5146 | |
5147 | |
5148 | |
5149 | |
5150 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_error"><code>luaL_error</code></a></h3><p> |
5151 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> |
5152 | <pre>int luaL_error (lua_State *L, const char *fmt, ...);</pre> |
5153 | |
5154 | <p> |
5155 | Raises an error. |
5156 | The error message format is given by <code>fmt</code> |
5157 | plus any extra arguments, |
5158 | following the same rules of <a href="#lua_pushfstring"><code>lua_pushfstring</code></a>. |
5159 | It also adds at the beginning of the message the file name and |
5160 | the line number where the error occurred, |
5161 | if this information is available. |
5162 | |
5163 | |
5164 | <p> |
5165 | This function never returns, |
5166 | but it is an idiom to use it in C functions |
5167 | as <code>return luaL_error(<em>args</em>)</code>. |
5168 | |
5169 | |
5170 | |
5171 | |
5172 | |
5173 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_getmetafield"><code>luaL_getmetafield</code></a></h3><p> |
5174 | <span class="apii">[-0, +(0|1), <em>m</em>]</span> |
5175 | <pre>int luaL_getmetafield (lua_State *L, int obj, const char *e);</pre> |
5176 | |
5177 | <p> |
5178 | Pushes onto the stack the field <code>e</code> from the metatable |
5179 | of the object at index <code>obj</code>. |
5180 | If the object does not have a metatable, |
5181 | or if the metatable does not have this field, |
5182 | returns 0 and pushes nothing. |
5183 | |
5184 | |
5185 | |
5186 | |
5187 | |
5188 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_getmetatable"><code>luaL_getmetatable</code></a></h3><p> |
5189 | <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>-</em>]</span> |
5190 | <pre>void luaL_getmetatable (lua_State *L, const char *tname);</pre> |
5191 | |
5192 | <p> |
5193 | Pushes onto the stack the metatable associated with name <code>tname</code> |
5194 | in the registry (see <a href="#luaL_newmetatable"><code>luaL_newmetatable</code></a>). |
5195 | |
5196 | |
5197 | |
5198 | |
5199 | |
5200 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_gsub"><code>luaL_gsub</code></a></h3><p> |
5201 | <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> |
5202 | <pre>const char *luaL_gsub (lua_State *L, |
5203 | const char *s, |
5204 | const char *p, |
5205 | const char *r);</pre> |
5206 | |
5207 | <p> |
5208 | Creates a copy of string <code>s</code> by replacing |
5209 | any occurrence of the string <code>p</code> |
5210 | with the string <code>r</code>. |
5211 | Pushes the resulting string on the stack and returns it. |
5212 | |
5213 | |
5214 | |
5215 | |
5216 | |
5217 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_loadbuffer"><code>luaL_loadbuffer</code></a></h3><p> |
5218 | <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> |
5219 | <pre>int luaL_loadbuffer (lua_State *L, |
5220 | const char *buff, |
5221 | size_t sz, |
5222 | const char *name);</pre> |
5223 | |
5224 | <p> |
5225 | Loads a buffer as a Lua chunk. |
5226 | This function uses <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a> to load the chunk in the |
5227 | buffer pointed to by <code>buff</code> with size <code>sz</code>. |
5228 | |
5229 | |
5230 | <p> |
5231 | This function returns the same results as <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a>. |
5232 | <code>name</code> is the chunk name, |
5233 | used for debug information and error messages. |
5234 | |
5235 | |
5236 | |
5237 | |
5238 | |
5239 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_loadfile"><code>luaL_loadfile</code></a></h3><p> |
5240 | <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> |
5241 | <pre>int luaL_loadfile (lua_State *L, const char *filename);</pre> |
5242 | |
5243 | <p> |
5244 | Loads a file as a Lua chunk. |
5245 | This function uses <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a> to load the chunk in the file |
5246 | named <code>filename</code>. |
5247 | If <code>filename</code> is <code>NULL</code>, |
5248 | then it loads from the standard input. |
5249 | The first line in the file is ignored if it starts with a <code>#</code>. |
5250 | |
5251 | |
5252 | <p> |
5253 | This function returns the same results as <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a>, |
5254 | but it has an extra error code <a name="pdf-LUA_ERRFILE"><code>LUA_ERRFILE</code></a> |
5255 | if it cannot open/read the file. |
5256 | |
5257 | |
5258 | <p> |
5259 | As <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a>, this function only loads the chunk; |
5260 | it does not run it. |
5261 | |
5262 | |
5263 | |
5264 | |
5265 | |
5266 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_loadstring"><code>luaL_loadstring</code></a></h3><p> |
5267 | <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> |
5268 | <pre>int luaL_loadstring (lua_State *L, const char *s);</pre> |
5269 | |
5270 | <p> |
5271 | Loads a string as a Lua chunk. |
5272 | This function uses <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a> to load the chunk in |
5273 | the zero-terminated string <code>s</code>. |
5274 | |
5275 | |
5276 | <p> |
5277 | This function returns the same results as <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a>. |
5278 | |
5279 | |
5280 | <p> |
5281 | Also as <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a>, this function only loads the chunk; |
5282 | it does not run it. |
5283 | |
5284 | |
5285 | |
5286 | |
5287 | |
5288 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_newmetatable"><code>luaL_newmetatable</code></a></h3><p> |
5289 | <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> |
5290 | <pre>int luaL_newmetatable (lua_State *L, const char *tname);</pre> |
5291 | |
5292 | <p> |
5293 | If the registry already has the key <code>tname</code>, |
5294 | returns 0. |
5295 | Otherwise, |
5296 | creates a new table to be used as a metatable for userdata, |
5297 | adds it to the registry with key <code>tname</code>, |
5298 | and returns 1. |
5299 | |
5300 | |
5301 | <p> |
5302 | In both cases pushes onto the stack the final value associated |
5303 | with <code>tname</code> in the registry. |
5304 | |
5305 | |
5306 | |
5307 | |
5308 | |
5309 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_newstate"><code>luaL_newstate</code></a></h3><p> |
5310 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
5311 | <pre>lua_State *luaL_newstate (void);</pre> |
5312 | |
5313 | <p> |
5314 | Creates a new Lua state. |
5315 | It calls <a href="#lua_newstate"><code>lua_newstate</code></a> with an |
5316 | allocator based on the standard C <code>realloc</code> function |
5317 | and then sets a panic function (see <a href="#lua_atpanic"><code>lua_atpanic</code></a>) that prints |
5318 | an error message to the standard error output in case of fatal |
5319 | errors. |
5320 | |
5321 | |
5322 | <p> |
5323 | Returns the new state, |
5324 | or <code>NULL</code> if there is a memory allocation error. |
5325 | |
5326 | |
5327 | |
5328 | |
5329 | |
5330 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_openlibs"><code>luaL_openlibs</code></a></h3><p> |
5331 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>m</em>]</span> |
5332 | <pre>void luaL_openlibs (lua_State *L);</pre> |
5333 | |
5334 | <p> |
5335 | Opens all standard Lua libraries into the given state. |
5336 | |
5337 | |
5338 | |
5339 | |
5340 | |
5341 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_optint"><code>luaL_optint</code></a></h3><p> |
5342 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> |
5343 | <pre>int luaL_optint (lua_State *L, int narg, int d);</pre> |
5344 | |
5345 | <p> |
5346 | If the function argument <code>narg</code> is a number, |
5347 | returns this number cast to an <code>int</code>. |
5348 | If this argument is absent or is <b>nil</b>, |
5349 | returns <code>d</code>. |
5350 | Otherwise, raises an error. |
5351 | |
5352 | |
5353 | |
5354 | |
5355 | |
5356 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_optinteger"><code>luaL_optinteger</code></a></h3><p> |
5357 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> |
5358 | <pre>lua_Integer luaL_optinteger (lua_State *L, |
5359 | int narg, |
5360 | lua_Integer d);</pre> |
5361 | |
5362 | <p> |
5363 | If the function argument <code>narg</code> is a number, |
5364 | returns this number cast to a <a href="#lua_Integer"><code>lua_Integer</code></a>. |
5365 | If this argument is absent or is <b>nil</b>, |
5366 | returns <code>d</code>. |
5367 | Otherwise, raises an error. |
5368 | |
5369 | |
5370 | |
5371 | |
5372 | |
5373 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_optlong"><code>luaL_optlong</code></a></h3><p> |
5374 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> |
5375 | <pre>long luaL_optlong (lua_State *L, int narg, long d);</pre> |
5376 | |
5377 | <p> |
5378 | If the function argument <code>narg</code> is a number, |
5379 | returns this number cast to a <code>long</code>. |
5380 | If this argument is absent or is <b>nil</b>, |
5381 | returns <code>d</code>. |
5382 | Otherwise, raises an error. |
5383 | |
5384 | |
5385 | |
5386 | |
5387 | |
5388 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_optlstring"><code>luaL_optlstring</code></a></h3><p> |
5389 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> |
5390 | <pre>const char *luaL_optlstring (lua_State *L, |
5391 | int narg, |
5392 | const char *d, |
5393 | size_t *l);</pre> |
5394 | |
5395 | <p> |
5396 | If the function argument <code>narg</code> is a string, |
5397 | returns this string. |
5398 | If this argument is absent or is <b>nil</b>, |
5399 | returns <code>d</code>. |
5400 | Otherwise, raises an error. |
5401 | |
5402 | |
5403 | <p> |
5404 | If <code>l</code> is not <code>NULL</code>, |
5405 | fills the position <code>*l</code> with the results's length. |
5406 | |
5407 | |
5408 | |
5409 | |
5410 | |
5411 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_optnumber"><code>luaL_optnumber</code></a></h3><p> |
5412 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> |
5413 | <pre>lua_Number luaL_optnumber (lua_State *L, int narg, lua_Number d);</pre> |
5414 | |
5415 | <p> |
5416 | If the function argument <code>narg</code> is a number, |
5417 | returns this number. |
5418 | If this argument is absent or is <b>nil</b>, |
5419 | returns <code>d</code>. |
5420 | Otherwise, raises an error. |
5421 | |
5422 | |
5423 | |
5424 | |
5425 | |
5426 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_optstring"><code>luaL_optstring</code></a></h3><p> |
5427 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> |
5428 | <pre>const char *luaL_optstring (lua_State *L, |
5429 | int narg, |
5430 | const char *d);</pre> |
5431 | |
5432 | <p> |
5433 | If the function argument <code>narg</code> is a string, |
5434 | returns this string. |
5435 | If this argument is absent or is <b>nil</b>, |
5436 | returns <code>d</code>. |
5437 | Otherwise, raises an error. |
5438 | |
5439 | |
5440 | |
5441 | |
5442 | |
5443 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_prepbuffer"><code>luaL_prepbuffer</code></a></h3><p> |
5444 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
5445 | <pre>char *luaL_prepbuffer (luaL_Buffer *B);</pre> |
5446 | |
5447 | <p> |
5448 | Returns an address to a space of size <a name="pdf-LUAL_BUFFERSIZE"><code>LUAL_BUFFERSIZE</code></a> |
5449 | where you can copy a string to be added to buffer <code>B</code> |
5450 | (see <a href="#luaL_Buffer"><code>luaL_Buffer</code></a>). |
5451 | After copying the string into this space you must call |
5452 | <a href="#luaL_addsize"><code>luaL_addsize</code></a> with the size of the string to actually add |
5453 | it to the buffer. |
5454 | |
5455 | |
5456 | |
5457 | |
5458 | |
5459 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_pushresult"><code>luaL_pushresult</code></a></h3><p> |
5460 | <span class="apii">[-?, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> |
5461 | <pre>void luaL_pushresult (luaL_Buffer *B);</pre> |
5462 | |
5463 | <p> |
5464 | Finishes the use of buffer <code>B</code> leaving the final string on |
5465 | the top of the stack. |
5466 | |
5467 | |
5468 | |
5469 | |
5470 | |
5471 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_ref"><code>luaL_ref</code></a></h3><p> |
5472 | <span class="apii">[-1, +0, <em>m</em>]</span> |
5473 | <pre>int luaL_ref (lua_State *L, int t);</pre> |
5474 | |
5475 | <p> |
5476 | Creates and returns a <em>reference</em>, |
5477 | in the table at index <code>t</code>, |
5478 | for the object at the top of the stack (and pops the object). |
5479 | |
5480 | |
5481 | <p> |
5482 | A reference is a unique integer key. |
5483 | As long as you do not manually add integer keys into table <code>t</code>, |
5484 | <a href="#luaL_ref"><code>luaL_ref</code></a> ensures the uniqueness of the key it returns. |
5485 | You can retrieve an object referred by reference <code>r</code> |
5486 | by calling <code>lua_rawgeti(L, t, r)</code>. |
5487 | Function <a href="#luaL_unref"><code>luaL_unref</code></a> frees a reference and its associated object. |
5488 | |
5489 | |
5490 | <p> |
5491 | If the object at the top of the stack is <b>nil</b>, |
5492 | <a href="#luaL_ref"><code>luaL_ref</code></a> returns the constant <a name="pdf-LUA_REFNIL"><code>LUA_REFNIL</code></a>. |
5493 | The constant <a name="pdf-LUA_NOREF"><code>LUA_NOREF</code></a> is guaranteed to be different |
5494 | from any reference returned by <a href="#luaL_ref"><code>luaL_ref</code></a>. |
5495 | |
5496 | |
5497 | |
5498 | |
5499 | |
5500 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_Reg"><code>luaL_Reg</code></a></h3> |
5501 | <pre>typedef struct luaL_Reg { |
5502 | const char *name; |
5503 | lua_CFunction func; |
5504 | } luaL_Reg;</pre> |
5505 | |
5506 | <p> |
5507 | Type for arrays of functions to be registered by |
5508 | <a href="#luaL_register"><code>luaL_register</code></a>. |
5509 | <code>name</code> is the function name and <code>func</code> is a pointer to |
5510 | the function. |
5511 | Any array of <a href="#luaL_Reg"><code>luaL_Reg</code></a> must end with an sentinel entry |
5512 | in which both <code>name</code> and <code>func</code> are <code>NULL</code>. |
5513 | |
5514 | |
5515 | |
5516 | |
5517 | |
5518 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_register"><code>luaL_register</code></a></h3><p> |
5519 | <span class="apii">[-(0|1), +1, <em>m</em>]</span> |
5520 | <pre>void luaL_register (lua_State *L, |
5521 | const char *libname, |
5522 | const luaL_Reg *l);</pre> |
5523 | |
5524 | <p> |
5525 | Opens a library. |
5526 | |
5527 | |
5528 | <p> |
5529 | When called with <code>libname</code> equal to <code>NULL</code>, |
5530 | it simply registers all functions in the list <code>l</code> |
5531 | (see <a href="#luaL_Reg"><code>luaL_Reg</code></a>) into the table on the top of the stack. |
5532 | |
5533 | |
5534 | <p> |
5535 | When called with a non-null <code>libname</code>, |
5536 | <code>luaL_register</code> creates a new table <code>t</code>, |
5537 | sets it as the value of the global variable <code>libname</code>, |
5538 | sets it as the value of <code>package.loaded[libname]</code>, |
5539 | and registers on it all functions in the list <code>l</code>. |
5540 | If there is a table in <code>package.loaded[libname]</code> or in |
5541 | variable <code>libname</code>, |
5542 | reuses this table instead of creating a new one. |
5543 | |
5544 | |
5545 | <p> |
5546 | In any case the function leaves the table |
5547 | on the top of the stack. |
5548 | |
5549 | |
5550 | |
5551 | |
5552 | |
5553 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_typename"><code>luaL_typename</code></a></h3><p> |
5554 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
5555 | <pre>const char *luaL_typename (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> |
5556 | |
5557 | <p> |
5558 | Returns the name of the type of the value at the given index. |
5559 | |
5560 | |
5561 | |
5562 | |
5563 | |
5564 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_typerror"><code>luaL_typerror</code></a></h3><p> |
5565 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> |
5566 | <pre>int luaL_typerror (lua_State *L, int narg, const char *tname);</pre> |
5567 | |
5568 | <p> |
5569 | Generates an error with a message like the following: |
5570 | |
5571 | <pre> |
5572 | <em>location</em>: bad argument <em>narg</em> to '<em>func</em>' (<em>tname</em> expected, got <em>rt</em>) |
5573 | </pre><p> |
5574 | where <code><em>location</em></code> is produced by <a href="#luaL_where"><code>luaL_where</code></a>, |
5575 | <code><em>func</em></code> is the name of the current function, |
5576 | and <code><em>rt</em></code> is the type name of the actual argument. |
5577 | |
5578 | |
5579 | |
5580 | |
5581 | |
5582 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_unref"><code>luaL_unref</code></a></h3><p> |
5583 | <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> |
5584 | <pre>void luaL_unref (lua_State *L, int t, int ref);</pre> |
5585 | |
5586 | <p> |
5587 | Releases reference <code>ref</code> from the table at index <code>t</code> |
5588 | (see <a href="#luaL_ref"><code>luaL_ref</code></a>). |
5589 | The entry is removed from the table, |
5590 | so that the referred object can be collected. |
5591 | The reference <code>ref</code> is also freed to be used again. |
5592 | |
5593 | |
5594 | <p> |
5595 | If <code>ref</code> is <a href="#pdf-LUA_NOREF"><code>LUA_NOREF</code></a> or <a href="#pdf-LUA_REFNIL"><code>LUA_REFNIL</code></a>, |
5596 | <a href="#luaL_unref"><code>luaL_unref</code></a> does nothing. |
5597 | |
5598 | |
5599 | |
5600 | |
5601 | |
5602 | <hr><h3><a name="luaL_where"><code>luaL_where</code></a></h3><p> |
5603 | <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> |
5604 | <pre>void luaL_where (lua_State *L, int lvl);</pre> |
5605 | |
5606 | <p> |
5607 | Pushes onto the stack a string identifying the current position |
5608 | of the control at level <code>lvl</code> in the call stack. |
5609 | Typically this string has the following format: |
5610 | |
5611 | <pre> |
5612 | <em>chunkname</em>:<em>currentline</em>: |
5613 | </pre><p> |
5614 | Level 0 is the running function, |
5615 | level 1 is the function that called the running function, |
5616 | etc. |
5617 | |
5618 | |
5619 | <p> |
5620 | This function is used to build a prefix for error messages. |
5621 | |
5622 | |
5623 | |
5624 | |
5625 | |
5626 | |
5627 | |
5628 | <h1>5 - <a name="5">Standard Libraries</a></h1> |
5629 | |
5630 | <p> |
5631 | The standard Lua libraries provide useful functions |
5632 | that are implemented directly through the C API. |
5633 | Some of these functions provide essential services to the language |
5634 | (e.g., <a href="#pdf-type"><code>type</code></a> and <a href="#pdf-getmetatable"><code>getmetatable</code></a>); |
5635 | others provide access to "outside" services (e.g., I/O); |
5636 | and others could be implemented in Lua itself, |
5637 | but are quite useful or have critical performance requirements that |
5638 | deserve an implementation in C (e.g., <a href="#pdf-table.sort"><code>table.sort</code></a>). |
5639 | |
5640 | |
5641 | <p> |
5642 | All libraries are implemented through the official C API |
5643 | and are provided as separate C modules. |
5644 | Currently, Lua has the following standard libraries: |
5645 | |
5646 | <ul> |
5647 | |
5648 | <li>basic library,</li> which includes the coroutine sub-library; |
5649 | |
5650 | <li>package library;</li> |
5651 | |
5652 | <li>string manipulation;</li> |
5653 | |
5654 | <li>table manipulation;</li> |
5655 | |
5656 | <li>mathematical functions (sin, log, etc.);</li> |
5657 | |
5658 | <li>input and output;</li> |
5659 | |
5660 | <li>operating system facilities;</li> |
5661 | |
5662 | <li>debug facilities.</li> |
5663 | |
5664 | </ul><p> |
5665 | Except for the basic and package libraries, |
5666 | each library provides all its functions as fields of a global table |
5667 | or as methods of its objects. |
5668 | |
5669 | |
5670 | <p> |
5671 | To have access to these libraries, |
5672 | the C host program should call the <a href="#luaL_openlibs"><code>luaL_openlibs</code></a> function, |
5673 | which opens all standard libraries. |
5674 | Alternatively, |
5675 | it can open them individually by calling |
5676 | <a name="pdf-luaopen_base"><code>luaopen_base</code></a> (for the basic library), |
5677 | <a name="pdf-luaopen_package"><code>luaopen_package</code></a> (for the package library), |
5678 | <a name="pdf-luaopen_string"><code>luaopen_string</code></a> (for the string library), |
5679 | <a name="pdf-luaopen_table"><code>luaopen_table</code></a> (for the table library), |
5680 | <a name="pdf-luaopen_math"><code>luaopen_math</code></a> (for the mathematical library), |
5681 | <a name="pdf-luaopen_io"><code>luaopen_io</code></a> (for the I/O library), |
5682 | <a name="pdf-luaopen_os"><code>luaopen_os</code></a> (for the Operating System library), |
5683 | and <a name="pdf-luaopen_debug"><code>luaopen_debug</code></a> (for the debug library). |
5684 | These functions are declared in <a name="pdf-lualib.h"><code>lualib.h</code></a> |
5685 | and should not be called directly: |
5686 | you must call them like any other Lua C function, |
5687 | e.g., by using <a href="#lua_call"><code>lua_call</code></a>. |
5688 | |
5689 | |
5690 | |
5691 | <h2>5.1 - <a name="5.1">Basic Functions</a></h2> |
5692 | |
5693 | <p> |
5694 | The basic library provides some core functions to Lua. |
5695 | If you do not include this library in your application, |
5696 | you should check carefully whether you need to provide |
5697 | implementations for some of its facilities. |
5698 | |
5699 | |
5700 | <p> |
5701 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-assert"><code>assert (v [, message])</code></a></h3> |
5702 | Issues an error when |
5703 | the value of its argument <code>v</code> is false (i.e., <b>nil</b> or <b>false</b>); |
5704 | otherwise, returns all its arguments. |
5705 | <code>message</code> is an error message; |
5706 | when absent, it defaults to "assertion failed!" |
5707 | |
5708 | |
5709 | |
5710 | |
5711 | <p> |
5712 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-collectgarbage"><code>collectgarbage (opt [, arg])</code></a></h3> |
5713 | |
5714 | |
5715 | <p> |
5716 | This function is a generic interface to the garbage collector. |
5717 | It performs different functions according to its first argument, <code>opt</code>: |
5718 | |
5719 | <ul> |
5720 | |
5721 | <li><b>"stop":</b> |
5722 | stops the garbage collector. |
5723 | </li> |
5724 | |
5725 | <li><b>"restart":</b> |
5726 | restarts the garbage collector. |
5727 | </li> |
5728 | |
5729 | <li><b>"collect":</b> |
5730 | performs a full garbage-collection cycle. |
5731 | </li> |
5732 | |
5733 | <li><b>"count":</b> |
5734 | returns the total memory in use by Lua (in Kbytes). |
5735 | </li> |
5736 | |
5737 | <li><b>"step":</b> |
5738 | performs a garbage-collection step. |
5739 | The step "size" is controlled by <code>arg</code> |
5740 | (larger values mean more steps) in a non-specified way. |
5741 | If you want to control the step size |
5742 | you must experimentally tune the value of <code>arg</code>. |
5743 | Returns <b>true</b> if the step finished a collection cycle. |
5744 | </li> |
5745 | |
5746 | <li><b>"setpause":</b> |
5747 | sets <code>arg</code> as the new value for the <em>pause</em> of |
5748 | the collector (see <a href="#2.10">§2.10</a>). |
5749 | Returns the previous value for <em>pause</em>. |
5750 | </li> |
5751 | |
5752 | <li><b>"setstepmul":</b> |
5753 | sets <code>arg</code> as the new value for the <em>step multiplier</em> of |
5754 | the collector (see <a href="#2.10">§2.10</a>). |
5755 | Returns the previous value for <em>step</em>. |
5756 | </li> |
5757 | |
5758 | </ul> |
5759 | |
5760 | |
5761 | |
5762 | <p> |
5763 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-dofile"><code>dofile (filename)</code></a></h3> |
5764 | Opens the named file and executes its contents as a Lua chunk. |
5765 | When called without arguments, |
5766 | <code>dofile</code> executes the contents of the standard input (<code>stdin</code>). |
5767 | Returns all values returned by the chunk. |
5768 | In case of errors, <code>dofile</code> propagates the error |
5769 | to its caller (that is, <code>dofile</code> does not run in protected mode). |
5770 | |
5771 | |
5772 | |
5773 | |
5774 | <p> |
5775 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-error"><code>error (message [, level])</code></a></h3> |
5776 | Terminates the last protected function called |
5777 | and returns <code>message</code> as the error message. |
5778 | Function <code>error</code> never returns. |
5779 | |
5780 | |
5781 | <p> |
5782 | Usually, <code>error</code> adds some information about the error position |
5783 | at the beginning of the message. |
5784 | The <code>level</code> argument specifies how to get the error position. |
5785 | With level 1 (the default), the error position is where the |
5786 | <code>error</code> function was called. |
5787 | Level 2 points the error to where the function |
5788 | that called <code>error</code> was called; and so on. |
5789 | Passing a level 0 avoids the addition of error position information |
5790 | to the message. |
5791 | |
5792 | |
5793 | |
5794 | |
5795 | <p> |
5796 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-_G"><code>_G</code></a></h3> |
5797 | A global variable (not a function) that |
5798 | holds the global environment (that is, <code>_G._G = _G</code>). |
5799 | Lua itself does not use this variable; |
5800 | changing its value does not affect any environment, |
5801 | nor vice-versa. |
5802 | (Use <a href="#pdf-setfenv"><code>setfenv</code></a> to change environments.) |
5803 | |
5804 | |
5805 | |
5806 | |
5807 | <p> |
5808 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-getfenv"><code>getfenv ([f])</code></a></h3> |
5809 | Returns the current environment in use by the function. |
5810 | <code>f</code> can be a Lua function or a number |
5811 | that specifies the function at that stack level: |
5812 | Level 1 is the function calling <code>getfenv</code>. |
5813 | If the given function is not a Lua function, |
5814 | or if <code>f</code> is 0, |
5815 | <code>getfenv</code> returns the global environment. |
5816 | The default for <code>f</code> is 1. |
5817 | |
5818 | |
5819 | |
5820 | |
5821 | <p> |
5822 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-getmetatable"><code>getmetatable (object)</code></a></h3> |
5823 | |
5824 | |
5825 | <p> |
5826 | If <code>object</code> does not have a metatable, returns <b>nil</b>. |
5827 | Otherwise, |
5828 | if the object's metatable has a <code>"__metatable"</code> field, |
5829 | returns the associated value. |
5830 | Otherwise, returns the metatable of the given object. |
5831 | |
5832 | |
5833 | |
5834 | |
5835 | <p> |
5836 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-ipairs"><code>ipairs (t)</code></a></h3> |
5837 | |
5838 | |
5839 | <p> |
5840 | Returns three values: an iterator function, the table <code>t</code>, and 0, |
5841 | so that the construction |
5842 | |
5843 | <pre> |
5844 | for i,v in ipairs(t) do <em>body</em> end |
5845 | </pre><p> |
5846 | will iterate over the pairs (<code>1,t[1]</code>), (<code>2,t[2]</code>), ···, |
5847 | up to the first integer key absent from the table. |
5848 | |
5849 | |
5850 | |
5851 | |
5852 | <p> |
5853 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-load"><code>load (func [, chunkname])</code></a></h3> |
5854 | |
5855 | |
5856 | <p> |
5857 | Loads a chunk using function <code>func</code> to get its pieces. |
5858 | Each call to <code>func</code> must return a string that concatenates |
5859 | with previous results. |
5860 | A return of an empty string, <b>nil</b>, or no value signals the end of the chunk. |
5861 | |
5862 | |
5863 | <p> |
5864 | If there are no errors, |
5865 | returns the compiled chunk as a function; |
5866 | otherwise, returns <b>nil</b> plus the error message. |
5867 | The environment of the returned function is the global environment. |
5868 | |
5869 | |
5870 | <p> |
5871 | <code>chunkname</code> is used as the chunk name for error messages |
5872 | and debug information. |
5873 | When absent, |
5874 | it defaults to "<code>=(load)</code>". |
5875 | |
5876 | |
5877 | |
5878 | |
5879 | <p> |
5880 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-loadfile"><code>loadfile ([filename])</code></a></h3> |
5881 | |
5882 | |
5883 | <p> |
5884 | Similar to <a href="#pdf-load"><code>load</code></a>, |
5885 | but gets the chunk from file <code>filename</code> |
5886 | or from the standard input, |
5887 | if no file name is given. |
5888 | |
5889 | |
5890 | |
5891 | |
5892 | <p> |
5893 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-loadstring"><code>loadstring (string [, chunkname])</code></a></h3> |
5894 | |
5895 | |
5896 | <p> |
5897 | Similar to <a href="#pdf-load"><code>load</code></a>, |
5898 | but gets the chunk from the given string. |
5899 | |
5900 | |
5901 | <p> |
5902 | To load and run a given string, use the idiom |
5903 | |
5904 | <pre> |
5905 | assert(loadstring(s))() |
5906 | </pre> |
5907 | |
5908 | <p> |
5909 | When absent, |
5910 | <code>chunkname</code> defaults to the given string. |
5911 | |
5912 | |
5913 | |
5914 | |
5915 | <p> |
5916 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-next"><code>next (table [, index])</code></a></h3> |
5917 | |
5918 | |
5919 | <p> |
5920 | Allows a program to traverse all fields of a table. |
5921 | Its first argument is a table and its second argument |
5922 | is an index in this table. |
5923 | <code>next</code> returns the next index of the table |
5924 | and its associated value. |
5925 | When called with <b>nil</b> as its second argument, |
5926 | <code>next</code> returns an initial index |
5927 | and its associated value. |
5928 | When called with the last index, |
5929 | or with <b>nil</b> in an empty table, |
5930 | <code>next</code> returns <b>nil</b>. |
5931 | If the second argument is absent, then it is interpreted as <b>nil</b>. |
5932 | In particular, |
5933 | you can use <code>next(t)</code> to check whether a table is empty. |
5934 | |
5935 | |
5936 | <p> |
5937 | The order in which the indices are enumerated is not specified, |
5938 | <em>even for numeric indices</em>. |
5939 | (To traverse a table in numeric order, |
5940 | use a numerical <b>for</b> or the <a href="#pdf-ipairs"><code>ipairs</code></a> function.) |
5941 | |
5942 | |
5943 | <p> |
5944 | The behavior of <code>next</code> is <em>undefined</em> if, |
5945 | during the traversal, |
5946 | you assign any value to a non-existent field in the table. |
5947 | You may however modify existing fields. |
5948 | In particular, you may clear existing fields. |
5949 | |
5950 | |
5951 | |
5952 | |
5953 | <p> |
5954 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-pairs"><code>pairs (t)</code></a></h3> |
5955 | |
5956 | |
5957 | <p> |
5958 | Returns three values: the <a href="#pdf-next"><code>next</code></a> function, the table <code>t</code>, and <b>nil</b>, |
5959 | so that the construction |
5960 | |
5961 | <pre> |
5962 | for k,v in pairs(t) do <em>body</em> end |
5963 | </pre><p> |
5964 | will iterate over all key–value pairs of table <code>t</code>. |
5965 | |
5966 | |
5967 | <p> |
5968 | See function <a href="#pdf-next"><code>next</code></a> for the caveats of modifying |
5969 | the table during its traversal. |
5970 | |
5971 | |
5972 | |
5973 | |
5974 | <p> |
5975 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-pcall"><code>pcall (f, arg1, ···)</code></a></h3> |
5976 | |
5977 | |
5978 | <p> |
5979 | Calls function <code>f</code> with |
5980 | the given arguments in <em>protected mode</em>. |
5981 | This means that any error inside <code>f</code> is not propagated; |
5982 | instead, <code>pcall</code> catches the error |
5983 | and returns a status code. |
5984 | Its first result is the status code (a boolean), |
5985 | which is true if the call succeeds without errors. |
5986 | In such case, <code>pcall</code> also returns all results from the call, |
5987 | after this first result. |
5988 | In case of any error, <code>pcall</code> returns <b>false</b> plus the error message. |
5989 | |
5990 | |
5991 | |
5992 | |
5993 | <p> |
5994 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-print"><code>print (···)</code></a></h3> |
5995 | Receives any number of arguments, |
5996 | and prints their values to <code>stdout</code>, |
5997 | using the <a href="#pdf-tostring"><code>tostring</code></a> function to convert them to strings. |
5998 | <code>print</code> is not intended for formatted output, |
5999 | but only as a quick way to show a value, |
6000 | typically for debugging. |
6001 | For formatted output, use <a href="#pdf-string.format"><code>string.format</code></a>. |
6002 | |
6003 | |
6004 | |
6005 | |
6006 | <p> |
6007 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-rawequal"><code>rawequal (v1, v2)</code></a></h3> |
6008 | Checks whether <code>v1</code> is equal to <code>v2</code>, |
6009 | without invoking any metamethod. |
6010 | Returns a boolean. |
6011 | |
6012 | |
6013 | |
6014 | |
6015 | <p> |
6016 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-rawget"><code>rawget (table, index)</code></a></h3> |
6017 | Gets the real value of <code>table[index]</code>, |
6018 | without invoking any metamethod. |
6019 | <code>table</code> must be a table; |
6020 | <code>index</code> may be any value. |
6021 | |
6022 | |
6023 | |
6024 | |
6025 | <p> |
6026 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-rawset"><code>rawset (table, index, value)</code></a></h3> |
6027 | Sets the real value of <code>table[index]</code> to <code>value</code>, |
6028 | without invoking any metamethod. |
6029 | <code>table</code> must be a table, |
6030 | <code>index</code> any value different from <b>nil</b>, |
6031 | and <code>value</code> any Lua value. |
6032 | |
6033 | |
6034 | <p> |
6035 | This function returns <code>table</code>. |
6036 | |
6037 | |
6038 | |
6039 | |
6040 | <p> |
6041 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-select"><code>select (index, ···)</code></a></h3> |
6042 | |
6043 | |
6044 | <p> |
6045 | If <code>index</code> is a number, |
6046 | returns all arguments after argument number <code>index</code>. |
6047 | Otherwise, <code>index</code> must be the string <code>"#"</code>, |
6048 | and <code>select</code> returns the total number of extra arguments it received. |
6049 | |
6050 | |
6051 | |
6052 | |
6053 | <p> |
6054 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-setfenv"><code>setfenv (f, table)</code></a></h3> |
6055 | |
6056 | |
6057 | <p> |
6058 | Sets the environment to be used by the given function. |
6059 | <code>f</code> can be a Lua function or a number |
6060 | that specifies the function at that stack level: |
6061 | Level 1 is the function calling <code>setfenv</code>. |
6062 | <code>setfenv</code> returns the given function. |
6063 | |
6064 | |
6065 | <p> |
6066 | As a special case, when <code>f</code> is 0 <code>setfenv</code> changes |
6067 | the environment of the running thread. |
6068 | In this case, <code>setfenv</code> returns no values. |
6069 | |
6070 | |
6071 | |
6072 | |
6073 | <p> |
6074 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-setmetatable"><code>setmetatable (table, metatable)</code></a></h3> |
6075 | |
6076 | |
6077 | <p> |
6078 | Sets the metatable for the given table. |
6079 | (You cannot change the metatable of other types from Lua, only from C.) |
6080 | If <code>metatable</code> is <b>nil</b>, |
6081 | removes the metatable of the given table. |
6082 | If the original metatable has a <code>"__metatable"</code> field, |
6083 | raises an error. |
6084 | |
6085 | |
6086 | <p> |
6087 | This function returns <code>table</code>. |
6088 | |
6089 | |
6090 | |
6091 | |
6092 | <p> |
6093 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-tonumber"><code>tonumber (e [, base])</code></a></h3> |
6094 | Tries to convert its argument to a number. |
6095 | If the argument is already a number or a string convertible |
6096 | to a number, then <code>tonumber</code> returns this number; |
6097 | otherwise, it returns <b>nil</b>. |
6098 | |
6099 | |
6100 | <p> |
6101 | An optional argument specifies the base to interpret the numeral. |
6102 | The base may be any integer between 2 and 36, inclusive. |
6103 | In bases above 10, the letter '<code>A</code>' (in either upper or lower case) |
6104 | represents 10, '<code>B</code>' represents 11, and so forth, |
6105 | with '<code>Z</code>' representing 35. |
6106 | In base 10 (the default), the number can have a decimal part, |
6107 | as well as an optional exponent part (see <a href="#2.1">§2.1</a>). |
6108 | In other bases, only unsigned integers are accepted. |
6109 | |
6110 | |
6111 | |
6112 | |
6113 | <p> |
6114 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-tostring"><code>tostring (e)</code></a></h3> |
6115 | Receives an argument of any type and |
6116 | converts it to a string in a reasonable format. |
6117 | For complete control of how numbers are converted, |
6118 | use <a href="#pdf-string.format"><code>string.format</code></a>. |
6119 | |
6120 | |
6121 | <p> |
6122 | If the metatable of <code>e</code> has a <code>"__tostring"</code> field, |
6123 | then <code>tostring</code> calls the corresponding value |
6124 | with <code>e</code> as argument, |
6125 | and uses the result of the call as its result. |
6126 | |
6127 | |
6128 | |
6129 | |
6130 | <p> |
6131 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-type"><code>type (v)</code></a></h3> |
6132 | Returns the type of its only argument, coded as a string. |
6133 | The possible results of this function are |
6134 | "<code>nil</code>" (a string, not the value <b>nil</b>), |
6135 | "<code>number</code>", |
6136 | "<code>string</code>", |
6137 | "<code>boolean</code>", |
6138 | "<code>table</code>", |
6139 | "<code>function</code>", |
6140 | "<code>thread</code>", |
6141 | and "<code>userdata</code>". |
6142 | |
6143 | |
6144 | |
6145 | |
6146 | <p> |
6147 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-unpack"><code>unpack (list [, i [, j]])</code></a></h3> |
6148 | Returns the elements from the given table. |
6149 | This function is equivalent to |
6150 | |
6151 | <pre> |
6152 | return list[i], list[i+1], ···, list[j] |
6153 | </pre><p> |
6154 | except that the above code can be written only for a fixed number |
6155 | of elements. |
6156 | By default, <code>i</code> is 1 and <code>j</code> is the length of the list, |
6157 | as defined by the length operator (see <a href="#2.5.5">§2.5.5</a>). |
6158 | |
6159 | |
6160 | |
6161 | |
6162 | <p> |
6163 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-_VERSION"><code>_VERSION</code></a></h3> |
6164 | A global variable (not a function) that |
6165 | holds a string containing the current interpreter version. |
6166 | The current contents of this variable is "<code>Lua 5.1</code>". |
6167 | |
6168 | |
6169 | |
6170 | |
6171 | <p> |
6172 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-xpcall"><code>xpcall (f, err)</code></a></h3> |
6173 | |
6174 | |
6175 | <p> |
6176 | This function is similar to <a href="#pdf-pcall"><code>pcall</code></a>, |
6177 | except that you can set a new error handler. |
6178 | |
6179 | |
6180 | <p> |
6181 | <code>xpcall</code> calls function <code>f</code> in protected mode, |
6182 | using <code>err</code> as the error handler. |
6183 | Any error inside <code>f</code> is not propagated; |
6184 | instead, <code>xpcall</code> catches the error, |
6185 | calls the <code>err</code> function with the original error object, |
6186 | and returns a status code. |
6187 | Its first result is the status code (a boolean), |
6188 | which is true if the call succeeds without errors. |
6189 | In this case, <code>xpcall</code> also returns all results from the call, |
6190 | after this first result. |
6191 | In case of any error, |
6192 | <code>xpcall</code> returns <b>false</b> plus the result from <code>err</code>. |
6193 | |
6194 | |
6195 | |
6196 | |
6197 | |
6198 | |
6199 | |
6200 | <h2>5.2 - <a name="5.2">Coroutine Manipulation</a></h2> |
6201 | |
6202 | <p> |
6203 | The operations related to coroutines comprise a sub-library of |
6204 | the basic library and come inside the table <a name="pdf-coroutine"><code>coroutine</code></a>. |
6205 | See <a href="#2.11">§2.11</a> for a general description of coroutines. |
6206 | |
6207 | |
6208 | <p> |
6209 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-coroutine.create"><code>coroutine.create (f)</code></a></h3> |
6210 | |
6211 | |
6212 | <p> |
6213 | Creates a new coroutine, with body <code>f</code>. |
6214 | <code>f</code> must be a Lua function. |
6215 | Returns this new coroutine, |
6216 | an object with type <code>"thread"</code>. |
6217 | |
6218 | |
6219 | |
6220 | |
6221 | <p> |
6222 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume (co [, val1, ···])</code></a></h3> |
6223 | |
6224 | |
6225 | <p> |
6226 | Starts or continues the execution of coroutine <code>co</code>. |
6227 | The first time you resume a coroutine, |
6228 | it starts running its body. |
6229 | The values <code>val1</code>, ··· are passed |
6230 | as the arguments to the body function. |
6231 | If the coroutine has yielded, |
6232 | <code>resume</code> restarts it; |
6233 | the values <code>val1</code>, ··· are passed |
6234 | as the results from the yield. |
6235 | |
6236 | |
6237 | <p> |
6238 | If the coroutine runs without any errors, |
6239 | <code>resume</code> returns <b>true</b> plus any values passed to <code>yield</code> |
6240 | (if the coroutine yields) or any values returned by the body function |
6241 | (if the coroutine terminates). |
6242 | If there is any error, |
6243 | <code>resume</code> returns <b>false</b> plus the error message. |
6244 | |
6245 | |
6246 | |
6247 | |
6248 | <p> |
6249 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-coroutine.running"><code>coroutine.running ()</code></a></h3> |
6250 | |
6251 | |
6252 | <p> |
6253 | Returns the running coroutine, |
6254 | or <b>nil</b> when called by the main thread. |
6255 | |
6256 | |
6257 | |
6258 | |
6259 | <p> |
6260 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-coroutine.status"><code>coroutine.status (co)</code></a></h3> |
6261 | |
6262 | |
6263 | <p> |
6264 | Returns the status of coroutine <code>co</code>, as a string: |
6265 | <code>"running"</code>, |
6266 | if the coroutine is running (that is, it called <code>status</code>); |
6267 | <code>"suspended"</code>, if the coroutine is suspended in a call to <code>yield</code>, |
6268 | or if it has not started running yet; |
6269 | <code>"normal"</code> if the coroutine is active but not running |
6270 | (that is, it has resumed another coroutine); |
6271 | and <code>"dead"</code> if the coroutine has finished its body function, |
6272 | or if it has stopped with an error. |
6273 | |
6274 | |
6275 | |
6276 | |
6277 | <p> |
6278 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-coroutine.wrap"><code>coroutine.wrap (f)</code></a></h3> |
6279 | |
6280 | |
6281 | <p> |
6282 | Creates a new coroutine, with body <code>f</code>. |
6283 | <code>f</code> must be a Lua function. |
6284 | Returns a function that resumes the coroutine each time it is called. |
6285 | Any arguments passed to the function behave as the |
6286 | extra arguments to <code>resume</code>. |
6287 | Returns the same values returned by <code>resume</code>, |
6288 | except the first boolean. |
6289 | In case of error, propagates the error. |
6290 | |
6291 | |
6292 | |
6293 | |
6294 | <p> |
6295 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-coroutine.yield"><code>coroutine.yield (···)</code></a></h3> |
6296 | |
6297 | |
6298 | <p> |
6299 | Suspends the execution of the calling coroutine. |
6300 | The coroutine cannot be running a C function, |
6301 | a metamethod, or an iterator. |
6302 | Any arguments to <code>yield</code> are passed as extra results to <code>resume</code>. |
6303 | |
6304 | |
6305 | |
6306 | |
6307 | |
6308 | |
6309 | |
6310 | <h2>5.3 - <a name="5.3">Modules</a></h2> |
6311 | |
6312 | <p> |
6313 | The package library provides basic |
6314 | facilities for loading and building modules in Lua. |
6315 | It exports two of its functions directly in the global environment: |
6316 | <a href="#pdf-require"><code>require</code></a> and <a href="#pdf-module"><code>module</code></a>. |
6317 | Everything else is exported in a table <a name="pdf-package"><code>package</code></a>. |
6318 | |
6319 | |
6320 | <p> |
6321 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-module"><code>module (name [, ···])</code></a></h3> |
6322 | |
6323 | |
6324 | <p> |
6325 | Creates a module. |
6326 | If there is a table in <code>package.loaded[name]</code>, |
6327 | this table is the module. |
6328 | Otherwise, if there is a global table <code>t</code> with the given name, |
6329 | this table is the module. |
6330 | Otherwise creates a new table <code>t</code> and |
6331 | sets it as the value of the global <code>name</code> and |
6332 | the value of <code>package.loaded[name]</code>. |
6333 | This function also initializes <code>t._NAME</code> with the given name, |
6334 | <code>t._M</code> with the module (<code>t</code> itself), |
6335 | and <code>t._PACKAGE</code> with the package name |
6336 | (the full module name minus last component; see below). |
6337 | Finally, <code>module</code> sets <code>t</code> as the new environment |
6338 | of the current function and the new value of <code>package.loaded[name]</code>, |
6339 | so that <a href="#pdf-require"><code>require</code></a> returns <code>t</code>. |
6340 | |
6341 | |
6342 | <p> |
6343 | If <code>name</code> is a compound name |
6344 | (that is, one with components separated by dots), |
6345 | <code>module</code> creates (or reuses, if they already exist) |
6346 | tables for each component. |
6347 | For instance, if <code>name</code> is <code>a.b.c</code>, |
6348 | then <code>module</code> stores the module table in field <code>c</code> of |
6349 | field <code>b</code> of global <code>a</code>. |
6350 | |
6351 | |
6352 | <p> |
6353 | This function can receive optional <em>options</em> after |
6354 | the module name, |
6355 | where each option is a function to be applied over the module. |
6356 | |
6357 | |
6358 | |
6359 | |
6360 | <p> |
6361 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-require"><code>require (modname)</code></a></h3> |
6362 | |
6363 | |
6364 | <p> |
6365 | Loads the given module. |
6366 | The function starts by looking into the <a href="#pdf-package.loaded"><code>package.loaded</code></a> table |
6367 | to determine whether <code>modname</code> is already loaded. |
6368 | If it is, then <code>require</code> returns the value stored |
6369 | at <code>package.loaded[modname]</code>. |
6370 | Otherwise, it tries to find a <em>loader</em> for the module. |
6371 | |
6372 | |
6373 | <p> |
6374 | To find a loader, |
6375 | <code>require</code> is guided by the <a href="#pdf-package.loaders"><code>package.loaders</code></a> array. |
6376 | By changing this array, |
6377 | we can change how <code>require</code> looks for a module. |
6378 | The following explanation is based on the default configuration |
6379 | for <a href="#pdf-package.loaders"><code>package.loaders</code></a>. |
6380 | |
6381 | |
6382 | <p> |
6383 | First <code>require</code> queries <code>package.preload[modname]</code>. |
6384 | If it has a value, |
6385 | this value (which should be a function) is the loader. |
6386 | Otherwise <code>require</code> searches for a Lua loader using the |
6387 | path stored in <a href="#pdf-package.path"><code>package.path</code></a>. |
6388 | If that also fails, it searches for a C loader using the |
6389 | path stored in <a href="#pdf-package.cpath"><code>package.cpath</code></a>. |
6390 | If that also fails, |
6391 | it tries an <em>all-in-one</em> loader (see <a href="#pdf-package.loaders"><code>package.loaders</code></a>). |
6392 | |
6393 | |
6394 | <p> |
6395 | Once a loader is found, |
6396 | <code>require</code> calls the loader with a single argument, <code>modname</code>. |
6397 | If the loader returns any value, |
6398 | <code>require</code> assigns the returned value to <code>package.loaded[modname]</code>. |
6399 | If the loader returns no value and |
6400 | has not assigned any value to <code>package.loaded[modname]</code>, |
6401 | then <code>require</code> assigns <b>true</b> to this entry. |
6402 | In any case, <code>require</code> returns the |
6403 | final value of <code>package.loaded[modname]</code>. |
6404 | |
6405 | |
6406 | <p> |
6407 | If there is any error loading or running the module, |
6408 | or if it cannot find any loader for the module, |
6409 | then <code>require</code> signals an error. |
6410 | |
6411 | |
6412 | |
6413 | |
6414 | <p> |
6415 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-package.cpath"><code>package.cpath</code></a></h3> |
6416 | |
6417 | |
6418 | <p> |
6419 | The path used by <a href="#pdf-require"><code>require</code></a> to search for a C loader. |
6420 | |
6421 | |
6422 | <p> |
6423 | Lua initializes the C path <a href="#pdf-package.cpath"><code>package.cpath</code></a> in the same way |
6424 | it initializes the Lua path <a href="#pdf-package.path"><code>package.path</code></a>, |
6425 | using the environment variable <a name="pdf-LUA_CPATH"><code>LUA_CPATH</code></a> |
6426 | or a default path defined in <code>luaconf.h</code>. |
6427 | |
6428 | |
6429 | |
6430 | |
6431 | <p> |
6432 | |
6433 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-package.loaded"><code>package.loaded</code></a></h3> |
6434 | |
6435 | |
6436 | <p> |
6437 | A table used by <a href="#pdf-require"><code>require</code></a> to control which |
6438 | modules are already loaded. |
6439 | When you require a module <code>modname</code> and |
6440 | <code>package.loaded[modname]</code> is not false, |
6441 | <a href="#pdf-require"><code>require</code></a> simply returns the value stored there. |
6442 | |
6443 | |
6444 | |
6445 | |
6446 | <p> |
6447 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-package.loaders"><code>package.loaders</code></a></h3> |
6448 | |
6449 | |
6450 | <p> |
6451 | A table used by <a href="#pdf-require"><code>require</code></a> to control how to load modules. |
6452 | |
6453 | |
6454 | <p> |
6455 | Each entry in this table is a <em>searcher function</em>. |
6456 | When looking for a module, |
6457 | <a href="#pdf-require"><code>require</code></a> calls each of these searchers in ascending order, |
6458 | with the module name (the argument given to <a href="#pdf-require"><code>require</code></a>) as its |
6459 | sole parameter. |
6460 | The function can return another function (the module <em>loader</em>) |
6461 | or a string explaining why it did not find that module |
6462 | (or <b>nil</b> if it has nothing to say). |
6463 | Lua initializes this table with four functions. |
6464 | |
6465 | |
6466 | <p> |
6467 | The first searcher simply looks for a loader in the |
6468 | <a href="#pdf-package.preload"><code>package.preload</code></a> table. |
6469 | |
6470 | |
6471 | <p> |
6472 | The second searcher looks for a loader as a Lua library, |
6473 | using the path stored at <a href="#pdf-package.path"><code>package.path</code></a>. |
6474 | A path is a sequence of <em>templates</em> separated by semicolons. |
6475 | For each template, |
6476 | the searcher will change each interrogation |
6477 | mark in the template by <code>filename</code>, |
6478 | which is the module name with each dot replaced by a |
6479 | "directory separator" (such as "<code>/</code>" in Unix); |
6480 | then it will try to open the resulting file name. |
6481 | So, for instance, if the Lua path is the string |
6482 | |
6483 | <pre> |
6484 | "./?.lua;./?.lc;/usr/local/?/init.lua" |
6485 | </pre><p> |
6486 | the search for a Lua file for module <code>foo</code> |
6487 | will try to open the files |
6488 | <code>./foo.lua</code>, <code>./foo.lc</code>, and |
6489 | <code>/usr/local/foo/init.lua</code>, in that order. |
6490 | |
6491 | |
6492 | <p> |
6493 | The third searcher looks for a loader as a C library, |
6494 | using the path given by the variable <a href="#pdf-package.cpath"><code>package.cpath</code></a>. |
6495 | For instance, |
6496 | if the C path is the string |
6497 | |
6498 | <pre> |
6499 | "./?.so;./?.dll;/usr/local/?/init.so" |
6500 | </pre><p> |
6501 | the searcher for module <code>foo</code> |
6502 | will try to open the files <code>./foo.so</code>, <code>./foo.dll</code>, |
6503 | and <code>/usr/local/foo/init.so</code>, in that order. |
6504 | Once it finds a C library, |
6505 | this searcher first uses a dynamic link facility to link the |
6506 | application with the library. |
6507 | Then it tries to find a C function inside the library to |
6508 | be used as the loader. |
6509 | The name of this C function is the string "<code>luaopen_</code>" |
6510 | concatenated with a copy of the module name where each dot |
6511 | is replaced by an underscore. |
6512 | Moreover, if the module name has a hyphen, |
6513 | its prefix up to (and including) the first hyphen is removed. |
6514 | For instance, if the module name is <code>a.v1-b.c</code>, |
6515 | the function name will be <code>luaopen_b_c</code>. |
6516 | |
6517 | |
6518 | <p> |
6519 | The fourth searcher tries an <em>all-in-one loader</em>. |
6520 | It searches the C path for a library for |
6521 | the root name of the given module. |
6522 | For instance, when requiring <code>a.b.c</code>, |
6523 | it will search for a C library for <code>a</code>. |
6524 | If found, it looks into it for an open function for |
6525 | the submodule; |
6526 | in our example, that would be <code>luaopen_a_b_c</code>. |
6527 | With this facility, a package can pack several C submodules |
6528 | into one single library, |
6529 | with each submodule keeping its original open function. |
6530 | |
6531 | |
6532 | |
6533 | |
6534 | <p> |
6535 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-package.loadlib"><code>package.loadlib (libname, funcname)</code></a></h3> |
6536 | |
6537 | |
6538 | <p> |
6539 | Dynamically links the host program with the C library <code>libname</code>. |
6540 | Inside this library, looks for a function <code>funcname</code> |
6541 | and returns this function as a C function. |
6542 | (So, <code>funcname</code> must follow the protocol (see <a href="#lua_CFunction"><code>lua_CFunction</code></a>)). |
6543 | |
6544 | |
6545 | <p> |
6546 | This is a low-level function. |
6547 | It completely bypasses the package and module system. |
6548 | Unlike <a href="#pdf-require"><code>require</code></a>, |
6549 | it does not perform any path searching and |
6550 | does not automatically adds extensions. |
6551 | <code>libname</code> must be the complete file name of the C library, |
6552 | including if necessary a path and extension. |
6553 | <code>funcname</code> must be the exact name exported by the C library |
6554 | (which may depend on the C compiler and linker used). |
6555 | |
6556 | |
6557 | <p> |
6558 | This function is not supported by ANSI C. |
6559 | As such, it is only available on some platforms |
6560 | (Windows, Linux, Mac OS X, Solaris, BSD, |
6561 | plus other Unix systems that support the <code>dlfcn</code> standard). |
6562 | |
6563 | |
6564 | |
6565 | |
6566 | <p> |
6567 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-package.path"><code>package.path</code></a></h3> |
6568 | |
6569 | |
6570 | <p> |
6571 | The path used by <a href="#pdf-require"><code>require</code></a> to search for a Lua loader. |
6572 | |
6573 | |
6574 | <p> |
6575 | At start-up, Lua initializes this variable with |
6576 | the value of the environment variable <a name="pdf-LUA_PATH"><code>LUA_PATH</code></a> or |
6577 | with a default path defined in <code>luaconf.h</code>, |
6578 | if the environment variable is not defined. |
6579 | Any "<code>;;</code>" in the value of the environment variable |
6580 | is replaced by the default path. |
6581 | |
6582 | |
6583 | |
6584 | |
6585 | <p> |
6586 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-package.preload"><code>package.preload</code></a></h3> |
6587 | |
6588 | |
6589 | <p> |
6590 | A table to store loaders for specific modules |
6591 | (see <a href="#pdf-require"><code>require</code></a>). |
6592 | |
6593 | |
6594 | |
6595 | |
6596 | <p> |
6597 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-package.seeall"><code>package.seeall (module)</code></a></h3> |
6598 | |
6599 | |
6600 | <p> |
6601 | Sets a metatable for <code>module</code> with |
6602 | its <code>__index</code> field referring to the global environment, |
6603 | so that this module inherits values |
6604 | from the global environment. |
6605 | To be used as an option to function <a href="#pdf-module"><code>module</code></a>. |
6606 | |
6607 | |
6608 | |
6609 | |
6610 | |
6611 | |
6612 | |
6613 | <h2>5.4 - <a name="5.4">String Manipulation</a></h2> |
6614 | |
6615 | <p> |
6616 | This library provides generic functions for string manipulation, |
6617 | such as finding and extracting substrings, and pattern matching. |
6618 | When indexing a string in Lua, the first character is at position 1 |
6619 | (not at 0, as in C). |
6620 | Indices are allowed to be negative and are interpreted as indexing backwards, |
6621 | from the end of the string. |
6622 | Thus, the last character is at position -1, and so on. |
6623 | |
6624 | |
6625 | <p> |
6626 | The string library provides all its functions inside the table |
6627 | <a name="pdf-string"><code>string</code></a>. |
6628 | It also sets a metatable for strings |
6629 | where the <code>__index</code> field points to the <code>string</code> table. |
6630 | Therefore, you can use the string functions in object-oriented style. |
6631 | For instance, <code>string.byte(s, i)</code> |
6632 | can be written as <code>s:byte(i)</code>. |
6633 | |
6634 | |
6635 | <p> |
6636 | The string library assumes one-byte character encodings. |
6637 | |
6638 | |
6639 | <p> |
6640 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.byte"><code>string.byte (s [, i [, j]])</code></a></h3> |
6641 | Returns the internal numerical codes of the characters <code>s[i]</code>, |
6642 | <code>s[i+1]</code>, ···, <code>s[j]</code>. |
6643 | The default value for <code>i</code> is 1; |
6644 | the default value for <code>j</code> is <code>i</code>. |
6645 | |
6646 | |
6647 | <p> |
6648 | Note that numerical codes are not necessarily portable across platforms. |
6649 | |
6650 | |
6651 | |
6652 | |
6653 | <p> |
6654 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.char"><code>string.char (···)</code></a></h3> |
6655 | Receives zero or more integers. |
6656 | Returns a string with length equal to the number of arguments, |
6657 | in which each character has the internal numerical code equal |
6658 | to its corresponding argument. |
6659 | |
6660 | |
6661 | <p> |
6662 | Note that numerical codes are not necessarily portable across platforms. |
6663 | |
6664 | |
6665 | |
6666 | |
6667 | <p> |
6668 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.dump"><code>string.dump (function)</code></a></h3> |
6669 | |
6670 | |
6671 | <p> |
6672 | Returns a string containing a binary representation of the given function, |
6673 | so that a later <a href="#pdf-loadstring"><code>loadstring</code></a> on this string returns |
6674 | a copy of the function. |
6675 | <code>function</code> must be a Lua function without upvalues. |
6676 | |
6677 | |
6678 | |
6679 | |
6680 | <p> |
6681 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.find"><code>string.find (s, pattern [, init [, plain]])</code></a></h3> |
6682 | Looks for the first match of |
6683 | <code>pattern</code> in the string <code>s</code>. |
6684 | If it finds a match, then <code>find</code> returns the indices of <code>s</code> |
6685 | where this occurrence starts and ends; |
6686 | otherwise, it returns <b>nil</b>. |
6687 | A third, optional numerical argument <code>init</code> specifies |
6688 | where to start the search; |
6689 | its default value is 1 and can be negative. |
6690 | A value of <b>true</b> as a fourth, optional argument <code>plain</code> |
6691 | turns off the pattern matching facilities, |
6692 | so the function does a plain "find substring" operation, |
6693 | with no characters in <code>pattern</code> being considered "magic". |
6694 | Note that if <code>plain</code> is given, then <code>init</code> must be given as well. |
6695 | |
6696 | |
6697 | <p> |
6698 | If the pattern has captures, |
6699 | then in a successful match |
6700 | the captured values are also returned, |
6701 | after the two indices. |
6702 | |
6703 | |
6704 | |
6705 | |
6706 | <p> |
6707 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.format"><code>string.format (formatstring, ···)</code></a></h3> |
6708 | Returns a formatted version of its variable number of arguments |
6709 | following the description given in its first argument (which must be a string). |
6710 | The format string follows the same rules as the <code>printf</code> family of |
6711 | standard C functions. |
6712 | The only differences are that the options/modifiers |
6713 | <code>*</code>, <code>l</code>, <code>L</code>, <code>n</code>, <code>p</code>, |
6714 | and <code>h</code> are not supported |
6715 | and that there is an extra option, <code>q</code>. |
6716 | The <code>q</code> option formats a string in a form suitable to be safely read |
6717 | back by the Lua interpreter: |
6718 | the string is written between double quotes, |
6719 | and all double quotes, newlines, embedded zeros, |
6720 | and backslashes in the string |
6721 | are correctly escaped when written. |
6722 | For instance, the call |
6723 | |
6724 | <pre> |
6725 | string.format('%q', 'a string with "quotes" and \n new line') |
6726 | </pre><p> |
6727 | will produce the string: |
6728 | |
6729 | <pre> |
6730 | "a string with \"quotes\" and \ |
6731 | new line" |
6732 | </pre> |
6733 | |
6734 | <p> |
6735 | The options <code>c</code>, <code>d</code>, <code>E</code>, <code>e</code>, <code>f</code>, |
6736 | <code>g</code>, <code>G</code>, <code>i</code>, <code>o</code>, <code>u</code>, <code>X</code>, and <code>x</code> all |
6737 | expect a number as argument, |
6738 | whereas <code>q</code> and <code>s</code> expect a string. |
6739 | |
6740 | |
6741 | <p> |
6742 | This function does not accept string values |
6743 | containing embedded zeros, |
6744 | except as arguments to the <code>q</code> option. |
6745 | |
6746 | |
6747 | |
6748 | |
6749 | <p> |
6750 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.gmatch"><code>string.gmatch (s, pattern)</code></a></h3> |
6751 | Returns an iterator function that, |
6752 | each time it is called, |
6753 | returns the next captures from <code>pattern</code> over string <code>s</code>. |
6754 | If <code>pattern</code> specifies no captures, |
6755 | then the whole match is produced in each call. |
6756 | |
6757 | |
6758 | <p> |
6759 | As an example, the following loop |
6760 | |
6761 | <pre> |
6762 | s = "hello world from Lua" |
6763 | for w in string.gmatch(s, "%a+") do |
6764 | print(w) |
6765 | end |
6766 | </pre><p> |
6767 | will iterate over all the words from string <code>s</code>, |
6768 | printing one per line. |
6769 | The next example collects all pairs <code>key=value</code> from the |
6770 | given string into a table: |
6771 | |
6772 | <pre> |
6773 | t = {} |
6774 | s = "from=world, to=Lua" |
6775 | for k, v in string.gmatch(s, "(%w+)=(%w+)") do |
6776 | t[k] = v |
6777 | end |
6778 | </pre> |
6779 | |
6780 | <p> |
6781 | For this function, a '<code>^</code>' at the start of a pattern does not |
6782 | work as an anchor, as this would prevent the iteration. |
6783 | |
6784 | |
6785 | |
6786 | |
6787 | <p> |
6788 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.gsub"><code>string.gsub (s, pattern, repl [, n])</code></a></h3> |
6789 | Returns a copy of <code>s</code> |
6790 | in which all (or the first <code>n</code>, if given) |
6791 | occurrences of the <code>pattern</code> have been |
6792 | replaced by a replacement string specified by <code>repl</code>, |
6793 | which can be a string, a table, or a function. |
6794 | <code>gsub</code> also returns, as its second value, |
6795 | the total number of matches that occurred. |
6796 | |
6797 | |
6798 | <p> |
6799 | If <code>repl</code> is a string, then its value is used for replacement. |
6800 | The character <code>%</code> works as an escape character: |
6801 | any sequence in <code>repl</code> of the form <code>%<em>n</em></code>, |
6802 | with <em>n</em> between 1 and 9, |
6803 | stands for the value of the <em>n</em>-th captured substring (see below). |
6804 | The sequence <code>%0</code> stands for the whole match. |
6805 | The sequence <code>%%</code> stands for a single <code>%</code>. |
6806 | |
6807 | |
6808 | <p> |
6809 | If <code>repl</code> is a table, then the table is queried for every match, |
6810 | using the first capture as the key; |
6811 | if the pattern specifies no captures, |
6812 | then the whole match is used as the key. |
6813 | |
6814 | |
6815 | <p> |
6816 | If <code>repl</code> is a function, then this function is called every time a |
6817 | match occurs, with all captured substrings passed as arguments, |
6818 | in order; |
6819 | if the pattern specifies no captures, |
6820 | then the whole match is passed as a sole argument. |
6821 | |
6822 | |
6823 | <p> |
6824 | If the value returned by the table query or by the function call |
6825 | is a string or a number, |
6826 | then it is used as the replacement string; |
6827 | otherwise, if it is <b>false</b> or <b>nil</b>, |
6828 | then there is no replacement |
6829 | (that is, the original match is kept in the string). |
6830 | |
6831 | |
6832 | <p> |
6833 | Here are some examples: |
6834 | |
6835 | <pre> |
6836 | x = string.gsub("hello world", "(%w+)", "%1 %1") |
6837 | --> x="hello hello world world" |
6838 | |
6839 | x = string.gsub("hello world", "%w+", "%0 %0", 1) |
6840 | --> x="hello hello world" |
6841 | |
6842 | x = string.gsub("hello world from Lua", "(%w+)%s*(%w+)", "%2 %1") |
6843 | --> x="world hello Lua from" |
6844 | |
6845 | x = string.gsub("home = $HOME, user = $USER", "%$(%w+)", os.getenv) |
6846 | --> x="home = /home/roberto, user = roberto" |
6847 | |
6848 | x = string.gsub("4+5 = $return 4+5$", "%$(.-)%$", function (s) |
6849 | return loadstring(s)() |
6850 | end) |
6851 | --> x="4+5 = 9" |
6852 | |
6853 | local t = {name="lua", version="5.1"} |
6854 | x = string.gsub("$name-$version.tar.gz", "%$(%w+)", t) |
6855 | --> x="lua-5.1.tar.gz" |
6856 | </pre> |
6857 | |
6858 | |
6859 | |
6860 | <p> |
6861 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.len"><code>string.len (s)</code></a></h3> |
6862 | Receives a string and returns its length. |
6863 | The empty string <code>""</code> has length 0. |
6864 | Embedded zeros are counted, |
6865 | so <code>"a\000bc\000"</code> has length 5. |
6866 | |
6867 | |
6868 | |
6869 | |
6870 | <p> |
6871 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.lower"><code>string.lower (s)</code></a></h3> |
6872 | Receives a string and returns a copy of this string with all |
6873 | uppercase letters changed to lowercase. |
6874 | All other characters are left unchanged. |
6875 | The definition of what an uppercase letter is depends on the current locale. |
6876 | |
6877 | |
6878 | |
6879 | |
6880 | <p> |
6881 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.match"><code>string.match (s, pattern [, init])</code></a></h3> |
6882 | Looks for the first <em>match</em> of |
6883 | <code>pattern</code> in the string <code>s</code>. |
6884 | If it finds one, then <code>match</code> returns |
6885 | the captures from the pattern; |
6886 | otherwise it returns <b>nil</b>. |
6887 | If <code>pattern</code> specifies no captures, |
6888 | then the whole match is returned. |
6889 | A third, optional numerical argument <code>init</code> specifies |
6890 | where to start the search; |
6891 | its default value is 1 and can be negative. |
6892 | |
6893 | |
6894 | |
6895 | |
6896 | <p> |
6897 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.rep"><code>string.rep (s, n)</code></a></h3> |
6898 | Returns a string that is the concatenation of <code>n</code> copies of |
6899 | the string <code>s</code>. |
6900 | |
6901 | |
6902 | |
6903 | |
6904 | <p> |
6905 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.reverse"><code>string.reverse (s)</code></a></h3> |
6906 | Returns a string that is the string <code>s</code> reversed. |
6907 | |
6908 | |
6909 | |
6910 | |
6911 | <p> |
6912 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.sub"><code>string.sub (s, i [, j])</code></a></h3> |
6913 | Returns the substring of <code>s</code> that |
6914 | starts at <code>i</code> and continues until <code>j</code>; |
6915 | <code>i</code> and <code>j</code> can be negative. |
6916 | If <code>j</code> is absent, then it is assumed to be equal to -1 |
6917 | (which is the same as the string length). |
6918 | In particular, |
6919 | the call <code>string.sub(s,1,j)</code> returns a prefix of <code>s</code> |
6920 | with length <code>j</code>, |
6921 | and <code>string.sub(s, -i)</code> returns a suffix of <code>s</code> |
6922 | with length <code>i</code>. |
6923 | |
6924 | |
6925 | |
6926 | |
6927 | <p> |
6928 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.upper"><code>string.upper (s)</code></a></h3> |
6929 | Receives a string and returns a copy of this string with all |
6930 | lowercase letters changed to uppercase. |
6931 | All other characters are left unchanged. |
6932 | The definition of what a lowercase letter is depends on the current locale. |
6933 | |
6934 | |
6935 | |
6936 | <h3>5.4.1 - <a name="5.4.1">Patterns</a></h3> |
6937 | |
6938 | |
6939 | <h4>Character Class:</h4><p> |
6940 | A <em>character class</em> is used to represent a set of characters. |
6941 | The following combinations are allowed in describing a character class: |
6942 | |
6943 | <ul> |
6944 | |
6945 | <li><b><em>x</em>:</b> |
6946 | (where <em>x</em> is not one of the <em>magic characters</em> |
6947 | <code>^$()%.[]*+-?</code>) |
6948 | represents the character <em>x</em> itself. |
6949 | </li> |
6950 | |
6951 | <li><b><code>.</code>:</b> (a dot) represents all characters.</li> |
6952 | |
6953 | <li><b><code>%a</code>:</b> represents all letters.</li> |
6954 | |
6955 | <li><b><code>%c</code>:</b> represents all control characters.</li> |
6956 | |
6957 | <li><b><code>%d</code>:</b> represents all digits.</li> |
6958 | |
6959 | <li><b><code>%l</code>:</b> represents all lowercase letters.</li> |
6960 | |
6961 | <li><b><code>%p</code>:</b> represents all punctuation characters.</li> |
6962 | |
6963 | <li><b><code>%s</code>:</b> represents all space characters.</li> |
6964 | |
6965 | <li><b><code>%u</code>:</b> represents all uppercase letters.</li> |
6966 | |
6967 | <li><b><code>%w</code>:</b> represents all alphanumeric characters.</li> |
6968 | |
6969 | <li><b><code>%x</code>:</b> represents all hexadecimal digits.</li> |
6970 | |
6971 | <li><b><code>%z</code>:</b> represents the character with representation 0.</li> |
6972 | |
6973 | <li><b><code>%<em>x</em></code>:</b> (where <em>x</em> is any non-alphanumeric character) |
6974 | represents the character <em>x</em>. |
6975 | This is the standard way to escape the magic characters. |
6976 | Any punctuation character (even the non magic) |
6977 | can be preceded by a '<code>%</code>' |
6978 | when used to represent itself in a pattern. |
6979 | </li> |
6980 | |
6981 | <li><b><code>[<em>set</em>]</code>:</b> |
6982 | represents the class which is the union of all |
6983 | characters in <em>set</em>. |
6984 | A range of characters can be specified by |
6985 | separating the end characters of the range with a '<code>-</code>'. |
6986 | All classes <code>%</code><em>x</em> described above can also be used as |
6987 | components in <em>set</em>. |
6988 | All other characters in <em>set</em> represent themselves. |
6989 | For example, <code>[%w_]</code> (or <code>[_%w]</code>) |
6990 | represents all alphanumeric characters plus the underscore, |
6991 | <code>[0-7]</code> represents the octal digits, |
6992 | and <code>[0-7%l%-]</code> represents the octal digits plus |
6993 | the lowercase letters plus the '<code>-</code>' character. |
6994 | |
6995 | |
6996 | <p> |
6997 | The interaction between ranges and classes is not defined. |
6998 | Therefore, patterns like <code>[%a-z]</code> or <code>[a-%%]</code> |
6999 | have no meaning. |
7000 | </li> |
7001 | |
7002 | <li><b><code>[^<em>set</em>]</code>:</b> |
7003 | represents the complement of <em>set</em>, |
7004 | where <em>set</em> is interpreted as above. |
7005 | </li> |
7006 | |
7007 | </ul><p> |
7008 | For all classes represented by single letters (<code>%a</code>, <code>%c</code>, etc.), |
7009 | the corresponding uppercase letter represents the complement of the class. |
7010 | For instance, <code>%S</code> represents all non-space characters. |
7011 | |
7012 | |
7013 | <p> |
7014 | The definitions of letter, space, and other character groups |
7015 | depend on the current locale. |
7016 | In particular, the class <code>[a-z]</code> may not be equivalent to <code>%l</code>. |
7017 | |
7018 | |
7019 | |
7020 | |
7021 | |
7022 | <h4>Pattern Item:</h4><p> |
7023 | A <em>pattern item</em> can be |
7024 | |
7025 | <ul> |
7026 | |
7027 | <li> |
7028 | a single character class, |
7029 | which matches any single character in the class; |
7030 | </li> |
7031 | |
7032 | <li> |
7033 | a single character class followed by '<code>*</code>', |
7034 | which matches 0 or more repetitions of characters in the class. |
7035 | These repetition items will always match the longest possible sequence; |
7036 | </li> |
7037 | |
7038 | <li> |
7039 | a single character class followed by '<code>+</code>', |
7040 | which matches 1 or more repetitions of characters in the class. |
7041 | These repetition items will always match the longest possible sequence; |
7042 | </li> |
7043 | |
7044 | <li> |
7045 | a single character class followed by '<code>-</code>', |
7046 | which also matches 0 or more repetitions of characters in the class. |
7047 | Unlike '<code>*</code>', |
7048 | these repetition items will always match the <em>shortest</em> possible sequence; |
7049 | </li> |
7050 | |
7051 | <li> |
7052 | a single character class followed by '<code>?</code>', |
7053 | which matches 0 or 1 occurrence of a character in the class; |
7054 | </li> |
7055 | |
7056 | <li> |
7057 | <code>%<em>n</em></code>, for <em>n</em> between 1 and 9; |
7058 | such item matches a substring equal to the <em>n</em>-th captured string |
7059 | (see below); |
7060 | </li> |
7061 | |
7062 | <li> |
7063 | <code>%b<em>xy</em></code>, where <em>x</em> and <em>y</em> are two distinct characters; |
7064 | such item matches strings that start with <em>x</em>, end with <em>y</em>, |
7065 | and where the <em>x</em> and <em>y</em> are <em>balanced</em>. |
7066 | This means that, if one reads the string from left to right, |
7067 | counting <em>+1</em> for an <em>x</em> and <em>-1</em> for a <em>y</em>, |
7068 | the ending <em>y</em> is the first <em>y</em> where the count reaches 0. |
7069 | For instance, the item <code>%b()</code> matches expressions with |
7070 | balanced parentheses. |
7071 | </li> |
7072 | |
7073 | </ul> |
7074 | |
7075 | |
7076 | |
7077 | |
7078 | <h4>Pattern:</h4><p> |
7079 | A <em>pattern</em> is a sequence of pattern items. |
7080 | A '<code>^</code>' at the beginning of a pattern anchors the match at the |
7081 | beginning of the subject string. |
7082 | A '<code>$</code>' at the end of a pattern anchors the match at the |
7083 | end of the subject string. |
7084 | At other positions, |
7085 | '<code>^</code>' and '<code>$</code>' have no special meaning and represent themselves. |
7086 | |
7087 | |
7088 | |
7089 | |
7090 | |
7091 | <h4>Captures:</h4><p> |
7092 | A pattern can contain sub-patterns enclosed in parentheses; |
7093 | they describe <em>captures</em>. |
7094 | When a match succeeds, the substrings of the subject string |
7095 | that match captures are stored (<em>captured</em>) for future use. |
7096 | Captures are numbered according to their left parentheses. |
7097 | For instance, in the pattern <code>"(a*(.)%w(%s*))"</code>, |
7098 | the part of the string matching <code>"a*(.)%w(%s*)"</code> is |
7099 | stored as the first capture (and therefore has number 1); |
7100 | the character matching "<code>.</code>" is captured with number 2, |
7101 | and the part matching "<code>%s*</code>" has number 3. |
7102 | |
7103 | |
7104 | <p> |
7105 | As a special case, the empty capture <code>()</code> captures |
7106 | the current string position (a number). |
7107 | For instance, if we apply the pattern <code>"()aa()"</code> on the |
7108 | string <code>"flaaap"</code>, there will be two captures: 3 and 5. |
7109 | |
7110 | |
7111 | <p> |
7112 | A pattern cannot contain embedded zeros. Use <code>%z</code> instead. |
7113 | |
7114 | |
7115 | |
7116 | |
7117 | |
7118 | |
7119 | |
7120 | |
7121 | |
7122 | |
7123 | |
7124 | <h2>5.5 - <a name="5.5">Table Manipulation</a></h2><p> |
7125 | This library provides generic functions for table manipulation. |
7126 | It provides all its functions inside the table <a name="pdf-table"><code>table</code></a>. |
7127 | |
7128 | |
7129 | <p> |
7130 | Most functions in the table library assume that the table |
7131 | represents an array or a list. |
7132 | For these functions, when we talk about the "length" of a table |
7133 | we mean the result of the length operator. |
7134 | |
7135 | |
7136 | <p> |
7137 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-table.concat"><code>table.concat (table [, sep [, i [, j]]])</code></a></h3> |
7138 | Given an array where all elements are strings or numbers, |
7139 | returns <code>table[i]..sep..table[i+1] ··· sep..table[j]</code>. |
7140 | The default value for <code>sep</code> is the empty string, |
7141 | the default for <code>i</code> is 1, |
7142 | and the default for <code>j</code> is the length of the table. |
7143 | If <code>i</code> is greater than <code>j</code>, returns the empty string. |
7144 | |
7145 | |
7146 | |
7147 | |
7148 | <p> |
7149 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-table.insert"><code>table.insert (table, [pos,] value)</code></a></h3> |
7150 | |
7151 | |
7152 | <p> |
7153 | Inserts element <code>value</code> at position <code>pos</code> in <code>table</code>, |
7154 | shifting up other elements to open space, if necessary. |
7155 | The default value for <code>pos</code> is <code>n+1</code>, |
7156 | where <code>n</code> is the length of the table (see <a href="#2.5.5">§2.5.5</a>), |
7157 | so that a call <code>table.insert(t,x)</code> inserts <code>x</code> at the end |
7158 | of table <code>t</code>. |
7159 | |
7160 | |
7161 | |
7162 | |
7163 | <p> |
7164 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-table.maxn"><code>table.maxn (table)</code></a></h3> |
7165 | |
7166 | |
7167 | <p> |
7168 | Returns the largest positive numerical index of the given table, |
7169 | or zero if the table has no positive numerical indices. |
7170 | (To do its job this function does a linear traversal of |
7171 | the whole table.) |
7172 | |
7173 | |
7174 | |
7175 | |
7176 | <p> |
7177 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-table.remove"><code>table.remove (table [, pos])</code></a></h3> |
7178 | |
7179 | |
7180 | <p> |
7181 | Removes from <code>table</code> the element at position <code>pos</code>, |
7182 | shifting down other elements to close the space, if necessary. |
7183 | Returns the value of the removed element. |
7184 | The default value for <code>pos</code> is <code>n</code>, |
7185 | where <code>n</code> is the length of the table, |
7186 | so that a call <code>table.remove(t)</code> removes the last element |
7187 | of table <code>t</code>. |
7188 | |
7189 | |
7190 | |
7191 | |
7192 | <p> |
7193 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-table.sort"><code>table.sort (table [, comp])</code></a></h3> |
7194 | Sorts table elements in a given order, <em>in-place</em>, |
7195 | from <code>table[1]</code> to <code>table[n]</code>, |
7196 | where <code>n</code> is the length of the table. |
7197 | If <code>comp</code> is given, |
7198 | then it must be a function that receives two table elements, |
7199 | and returns true |
7200 | when the first is less than the second |
7201 | (so that <code>not comp(a[i+1],a[i])</code> will be true after the sort). |
7202 | If <code>comp</code> is not given, |
7203 | then the standard Lua operator <code><</code> is used instead. |
7204 | |
7205 | |
7206 | <p> |
7207 | The sort algorithm is not stable; |
7208 | that is, elements considered equal by the given order |
7209 | may have their relative positions changed by the sort. |
7210 | |
7211 | |
7212 | |
7213 | |
7214 | |
7215 | |
7216 | |
7217 | <h2>5.6 - <a name="5.6">Mathematical Functions</a></h2> |
7218 | |
7219 | <p> |
7220 | This library is an interface to the standard C math library. |
7221 | It provides all its functions inside the table <a name="pdf-math"><code>math</code></a>. |
7222 | |
7223 | |
7224 | <p> |
7225 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.abs"><code>math.abs (x)</code></a></h3> |
7226 | |
7227 | |
7228 | <p> |
7229 | Returns the absolute value of <code>x</code>. |
7230 | |
7231 | |
7232 | |
7233 | |
7234 | <p> |
7235 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.acos"><code>math.acos (x)</code></a></h3> |
7236 | |
7237 | |
7238 | <p> |
7239 | Returns the arc cosine of <code>x</code> (in radians). |
7240 | |
7241 | |
7242 | |
7243 | |
7244 | <p> |
7245 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.asin"><code>math.asin (x)</code></a></h3> |
7246 | |
7247 | |
7248 | <p> |
7249 | Returns the arc sine of <code>x</code> (in radians). |
7250 | |
7251 | |
7252 | |
7253 | |
7254 | <p> |
7255 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.atan"><code>math.atan (x)</code></a></h3> |
7256 | |
7257 | |
7258 | <p> |
7259 | Returns the arc tangent of <code>x</code> (in radians). |
7260 | |
7261 | |
7262 | |
7263 | |
7264 | <p> |
7265 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.atan2"><code>math.atan2 (y, x)</code></a></h3> |
7266 | |
7267 | |
7268 | <p> |
7269 | Returns the arc tangent of <code>y/x</code> (in radians), |
7270 | but uses the signs of both parameters to find the |
7271 | quadrant of the result. |
7272 | (It also handles correctly the case of <code>x</code> being zero.) |
7273 | |
7274 | |
7275 | |
7276 | |
7277 | <p> |
7278 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.ceil"><code>math.ceil (x)</code></a></h3> |
7279 | |
7280 | |
7281 | <p> |
7282 | Returns the smallest integer larger than or equal to <code>x</code>. |
7283 | |
7284 | |
7285 | |
7286 | |
7287 | <p> |
7288 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.cos"><code>math.cos (x)</code></a></h3> |
7289 | |
7290 | |
7291 | <p> |
7292 | Returns the cosine of <code>x</code> (assumed to be in radians). |
7293 | |
7294 | |
7295 | |
7296 | |
7297 | <p> |
7298 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.cosh"><code>math.cosh (x)</code></a></h3> |
7299 | |
7300 | |
7301 | <p> |
7302 | Returns the hyperbolic cosine of <code>x</code>. |
7303 | |
7304 | |
7305 | |
7306 | |
7307 | <p> |
7308 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.deg"><code>math.deg (x)</code></a></h3> |
7309 | |
7310 | |
7311 | <p> |
7312 | Returns the angle <code>x</code> (given in radians) in degrees. |
7313 | |
7314 | |
7315 | |
7316 | |
7317 | <p> |
7318 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.exp"><code>math.exp (x)</code></a></h3> |
7319 | |
7320 | |
7321 | <p> |
7322 | Returns the value <em>e<sup>x</sup></em>. |
7323 | |
7324 | |
7325 | |
7326 | |
7327 | <p> |
7328 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.floor"><code>math.floor (x)</code></a></h3> |
7329 | |
7330 | |
7331 | <p> |
7332 | Returns the largest integer smaller than or equal to <code>x</code>. |
7333 | |
7334 | |
7335 | |
7336 | |
7337 | <p> |
7338 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.fmod"><code>math.fmod (x, y)</code></a></h3> |
7339 | |
7340 | |
7341 | <p> |
7342 | Returns the remainder of the division of <code>x</code> by <code>y</code> |
7343 | that rounds the quotient towards zero. |
7344 | |
7345 | |
7346 | |
7347 | |
7348 | <p> |
7349 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.frexp"><code>math.frexp (x)</code></a></h3> |
7350 | |
7351 | |
7352 | <p> |
7353 | Returns <code>m</code> and <code>e</code> such that <em>x = m2<sup>e</sup></em>, |
7354 | <code>e</code> is an integer and the absolute value of <code>m</code> is |
7355 | in the range <em>[0.5, 1)</em> |
7356 | (or zero when <code>x</code> is zero). |
7357 | |
7358 | |
7359 | |
7360 | |
7361 | <p> |
7362 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.huge"><code>math.huge</code></a></h3> |
7363 | |
7364 | |
7365 | <p> |
7366 | The value <code>HUGE_VAL</code>, |
7367 | a value larger than or equal to any other numerical value. |
7368 | |
7369 | |
7370 | |
7371 | |
7372 | <p> |
7373 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.ldexp"><code>math.ldexp (m, e)</code></a></h3> |
7374 | |
7375 | |
7376 | <p> |
7377 | Returns <em>m2<sup>e</sup></em> (<code>e</code> should be an integer). |
7378 | |
7379 | |
7380 | |
7381 | |
7382 | <p> |
7383 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.log"><code>math.log (x)</code></a></h3> |
7384 | |
7385 | |
7386 | <p> |
7387 | Returns the natural logarithm of <code>x</code>. |
7388 | |
7389 | |
7390 | |
7391 | |
7392 | <p> |
7393 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.log10"><code>math.log10 (x)</code></a></h3> |
7394 | |
7395 | |
7396 | <p> |
7397 | Returns the base-10 logarithm of <code>x</code>. |
7398 | |
7399 | |
7400 | |
7401 | |
7402 | <p> |
7403 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.max"><code>math.max (x, ···)</code></a></h3> |
7404 | |
7405 | |
7406 | <p> |
7407 | Returns the maximum value among its arguments. |
7408 | |
7409 | |
7410 | |
7411 | |
7412 | <p> |
7413 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.min"><code>math.min (x, ···)</code></a></h3> |
7414 | |
7415 | |
7416 | <p> |
7417 | Returns the minimum value among its arguments. |
7418 | |
7419 | |
7420 | |
7421 | |
7422 | <p> |
7423 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.modf"><code>math.modf (x)</code></a></h3> |
7424 | |
7425 | |
7426 | <p> |
7427 | Returns two numbers, |
7428 | the integral part of <code>x</code> and the fractional part of <code>x</code>. |
7429 | |
7430 | |
7431 | |
7432 | |
7433 | <p> |
7434 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.pi"><code>math.pi</code></a></h3> |
7435 | |
7436 | |
7437 | <p> |
7438 | The value of <em>pi</em>. |
7439 | |
7440 | |
7441 | |
7442 | |
7443 | <p> |
7444 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.pow"><code>math.pow (x, y)</code></a></h3> |
7445 | |
7446 | |
7447 | <p> |
7448 | Returns <em>x<sup>y</sup></em>. |
7449 | (You can also use the expression <code>x^y</code> to compute this value.) |
7450 | |
7451 | |
7452 | |
7453 | |
7454 | <p> |
7455 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.rad"><code>math.rad (x)</code></a></h3> |
7456 | |
7457 | |
7458 | <p> |
7459 | Returns the angle <code>x</code> (given in degrees) in radians. |
7460 | |
7461 | |
7462 | |
7463 | |
7464 | <p> |
7465 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.random"><code>math.random ([m [, n]])</code></a></h3> |
7466 | |
7467 | |
7468 | <p> |
7469 | This function is an interface to the simple |
7470 | pseudo-random generator function <code>rand</code> provided by ANSI C. |
7471 | (No guarantees can be given for its statistical properties.) |
7472 | |
7473 | |
7474 | <p> |
7475 | When called without arguments, |
7476 | returns a uniform pseudo-random real number |
7477 | in the range <em>[0,1)</em>. |
7478 | When called with an integer number <code>m</code>, |
7479 | <code>math.random</code> returns |
7480 | a uniform pseudo-random integer in the range <em>[1, m]</em>. |
7481 | When called with two integer numbers <code>m</code> and <code>n</code>, |
7482 | <code>math.random</code> returns a uniform pseudo-random |
7483 | integer in the range <em>[m, n]</em>. |
7484 | |
7485 | |
7486 | |
7487 | |
7488 | <p> |
7489 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.randomseed"><code>math.randomseed (x)</code></a></h3> |
7490 | |
7491 | |
7492 | <p> |
7493 | Sets <code>x</code> as the "seed" |
7494 | for the pseudo-random generator: |
7495 | equal seeds produce equal sequences of numbers. |
7496 | |
7497 | |
7498 | |
7499 | |
7500 | <p> |
7501 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.sin"><code>math.sin (x)</code></a></h3> |
7502 | |
7503 | |
7504 | <p> |
7505 | Returns the sine of <code>x</code> (assumed to be in radians). |
7506 | |
7507 | |
7508 | |
7509 | |
7510 | <p> |
7511 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.sinh"><code>math.sinh (x)</code></a></h3> |
7512 | |
7513 | |
7514 | <p> |
7515 | Returns the hyperbolic sine of <code>x</code>. |
7516 | |
7517 | |
7518 | |
7519 | |
7520 | <p> |
7521 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.sqrt"><code>math.sqrt (x)</code></a></h3> |
7522 | |
7523 | |
7524 | <p> |
7525 | Returns the square root of <code>x</code>. |
7526 | (You can also use the expression <code>x^0.5</code> to compute this value.) |
7527 | |
7528 | |
7529 | |
7530 | |
7531 | <p> |
7532 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.tan"><code>math.tan (x)</code></a></h3> |
7533 | |
7534 | |
7535 | <p> |
7536 | Returns the tangent of <code>x</code> (assumed to be in radians). |
7537 | |
7538 | |
7539 | |
7540 | |
7541 | <p> |
7542 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.tanh"><code>math.tanh (x)</code></a></h3> |
7543 | |
7544 | |
7545 | <p> |
7546 | Returns the hyperbolic tangent of <code>x</code>. |
7547 | |
7548 | |
7549 | |
7550 | |
7551 | |
7552 | |
7553 | |
7554 | <h2>5.7 - <a name="5.7">Input and Output Facilities</a></h2> |
7555 | |
7556 | <p> |
7557 | The I/O library provides two different styles for file manipulation. |
7558 | The first one uses implicit file descriptors; |
7559 | that is, there are operations to set a default input file and a |
7560 | default output file, |
7561 | and all input/output operations are over these default files. |
7562 | The second style uses explicit file descriptors. |
7563 | |
7564 | |
7565 | <p> |
7566 | When using implicit file descriptors, |
7567 | all operations are supplied by table <a name="pdf-io"><code>io</code></a>. |
7568 | When using explicit file descriptors, |
7569 | the operation <a href="#pdf-io.open"><code>io.open</code></a> returns a file descriptor |
7570 | and then all operations are supplied as methods of the file descriptor. |
7571 | |
7572 | |
7573 | <p> |
7574 | The table <code>io</code> also provides |
7575 | three predefined file descriptors with their usual meanings from C: |
7576 | <a name="pdf-io.stdin"><code>io.stdin</code></a>, <a name="pdf-io.stdout"><code>io.stdout</code></a>, and <a name="pdf-io.stderr"><code>io.stderr</code></a>. |
7577 | The I/O library never closes these files. |
7578 | |
7579 | |
7580 | <p> |
7581 | Unless otherwise stated, |
7582 | all I/O functions return <b>nil</b> on failure |
7583 | (plus an error message as a second result and |
7584 | a system-dependent error code as a third result) |
7585 | and some value different from <b>nil</b> on success. |
7586 | |
7587 | |
7588 | <p> |
7589 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.close"><code>io.close ([file])</code></a></h3> |
7590 | |
7591 | |
7592 | <p> |
7593 | Equivalent to <code>file:close()</code>. |
7594 | Without a <code>file</code>, closes the default output file. |
7595 | |
7596 | |
7597 | |
7598 | |
7599 | <p> |
7600 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.flush"><code>io.flush ()</code></a></h3> |
7601 | |
7602 | |
7603 | <p> |
7604 | Equivalent to <code>file:flush</code> over the default output file. |
7605 | |
7606 | |
7607 | |
7608 | |
7609 | <p> |
7610 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.input"><code>io.input ([file])</code></a></h3> |
7611 | |
7612 | |
7613 | <p> |
7614 | When called with a file name, it opens the named file (in text mode), |
7615 | and sets its handle as the default input file. |
7616 | When called with a file handle, |
7617 | it simply sets this file handle as the default input file. |
7618 | When called without parameters, |
7619 | it returns the current default input file. |
7620 | |
7621 | |
7622 | <p> |
7623 | In case of errors this function raises the error, |
7624 | instead of returning an error code. |
7625 | |
7626 | |
7627 | |
7628 | |
7629 | <p> |
7630 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.lines"><code>io.lines ([filename])</code></a></h3> |
7631 | |
7632 | |
7633 | <p> |
7634 | Opens the given file name in read mode |
7635 | and returns an iterator function that, |
7636 | each time it is called, |
7637 | returns a new line from the file. |
7638 | Therefore, the construction |
7639 | |
7640 | <pre> |
7641 | for line in io.lines(filename) do <em>body</em> end |
7642 | </pre><p> |
7643 | will iterate over all lines of the file. |
7644 | When the iterator function detects the end of file, |
7645 | it returns <b>nil</b> (to finish the loop) and automatically closes the file. |
7646 | |
7647 | |
7648 | <p> |
7649 | The call <code>io.lines()</code> (with no file name) is equivalent |
7650 | to <code>io.input():lines()</code>; |
7651 | that is, it iterates over the lines of the default input file. |
7652 | In this case it does not close the file when the loop ends. |
7653 | |
7654 | |
7655 | |
7656 | |
7657 | <p> |
7658 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.open"><code>io.open (filename [, mode])</code></a></h3> |
7659 | |
7660 | |
7661 | <p> |
7662 | This function opens a file, |
7663 | in the mode specified in the string <code>mode</code>. |
7664 | It returns a new file handle, |
7665 | or, in case of errors, <b>nil</b> plus an error message. |
7666 | |
7667 | |
7668 | <p> |
7669 | The <code>mode</code> string can be any of the following: |
7670 | |
7671 | <ul> |
7672 | <li><b>"r":</b> read mode (the default);</li> |
7673 | <li><b>"w":</b> write mode;</li> |
7674 | <li><b>"a":</b> append mode;</li> |
7675 | <li><b>"r+":</b> update mode, all previous data is preserved;</li> |
7676 | <li><b>"w+":</b> update mode, all previous data is erased;</li> |
7677 | <li><b>"a+":</b> append update mode, previous data is preserved, |
7678 | writing is only allowed at the end of file.</li> |
7679 | </ul><p> |
7680 | The <code>mode</code> string can also have a '<code>b</code>' at the end, |
7681 | which is needed in some systems to open the file in binary mode. |
7682 | This string is exactly what is used in the |
7683 | standard C function <code>fopen</code>. |
7684 | |
7685 | |
7686 | |
7687 | |
7688 | <p> |
7689 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.output"><code>io.output ([file])</code></a></h3> |
7690 | |
7691 | |
7692 | <p> |
7693 | Similar to <a href="#pdf-io.input"><code>io.input</code></a>, but operates over the default output file. |
7694 | |
7695 | |
7696 | |
7697 | |
7698 | <p> |
7699 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.popen"><code>io.popen (prog [, mode])</code></a></h3> |
7700 | |
7701 | |
7702 | <p> |
7703 | Starts program <code>prog</code> in a separated process and returns |
7704 | a file handle that you can use to read data from this program |
7705 | (if <code>mode</code> is <code>"r"</code>, the default) |
7706 | or to write data to this program |
7707 | (if <code>mode</code> is <code>"w"</code>). |
7708 | |
7709 | |
7710 | <p> |
7711 | This function is system dependent and is not available |
7712 | on all platforms. |
7713 | |
7714 | |
7715 | |
7716 | |
7717 | <p> |
7718 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.read"><code>io.read (···)</code></a></h3> |
7719 | |
7720 | |
7721 | <p> |
7722 | Equivalent to <code>io.input():read</code>. |
7723 | |
7724 | |
7725 | |
7726 | |
7727 | <p> |
7728 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.tmpfile"><code>io.tmpfile ()</code></a></h3> |
7729 | |
7730 | |
7731 | <p> |
7732 | Returns a handle for a temporary file. |
7733 | This file is opened in update mode |
7734 | and it is automatically removed when the program ends. |
7735 | |
7736 | |
7737 | |
7738 | |
7739 | <p> |
7740 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.type"><code>io.type (obj)</code></a></h3> |
7741 | |
7742 | |
7743 | <p> |
7744 | Checks whether <code>obj</code> is a valid file handle. |
7745 | Returns the string <code>"file"</code> if <code>obj</code> is an open file handle, |
7746 | <code>"closed file"</code> if <code>obj</code> is a closed file handle, |
7747 | or <b>nil</b> if <code>obj</code> is not a file handle. |
7748 | |
7749 | |
7750 | |
7751 | |
7752 | <p> |
7753 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.write"><code>io.write (···)</code></a></h3> |
7754 | |
7755 | |
7756 | <p> |
7757 | Equivalent to <code>io.output():write</code>. |
7758 | |
7759 | |
7760 | |
7761 | |
7762 | <p> |
7763 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-file:close"><code>file:close ()</code></a></h3> |
7764 | |
7765 | |
7766 | <p> |
7767 | Closes <code>file</code>. |
7768 | Note that files are automatically closed when |
7769 | their handles are garbage collected, |
7770 | but that takes an unpredictable amount of time to happen. |
7771 | |
7772 | |
7773 | |
7774 | |
7775 | <p> |
7776 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-file:flush"><code>file:flush ()</code></a></h3> |
7777 | |
7778 | |
7779 | <p> |
7780 | Saves any written data to <code>file</code>. |
7781 | |
7782 | |
7783 | |
7784 | |
7785 | <p> |
7786 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-file:lines"><code>file:lines ()</code></a></h3> |
7787 | |
7788 | |
7789 | <p> |
7790 | Returns an iterator function that, |
7791 | each time it is called, |
7792 | returns a new line from the file. |
7793 | Therefore, the construction |
7794 | |
7795 | <pre> |
7796 | for line in file:lines() do <em>body</em> end |
7797 | </pre><p> |
7798 | will iterate over all lines of the file. |
7799 | (Unlike <a href="#pdf-io.lines"><code>io.lines</code></a>, this function does not close the file |
7800 | when the loop ends.) |
7801 | |
7802 | |
7803 | |
7804 | |
7805 | <p> |
7806 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-file:read"><code>file:read (···)</code></a></h3> |
7807 | |
7808 | |
7809 | <p> |
7810 | Reads the file <code>file</code>, |
7811 | according to the given formats, which specify what to read. |
7812 | For each format, |
7813 | the function returns a string (or a number) with the characters read, |
7814 | or <b>nil</b> if it cannot read data with the specified format. |
7815 | When called without formats, |
7816 | it uses a default format that reads the entire next line |
7817 | (see below). |
7818 | |
7819 | |
7820 | <p> |
7821 | The available formats are |
7822 | |
7823 | <ul> |
7824 | |
7825 | <li><b>"*n":</b> |
7826 | reads a number; |
7827 | this is the only format that returns a number instead of a string. |
7828 | </li> |
7829 | |
7830 | <li><b>"*a":</b> |
7831 | reads the whole file, starting at the current position. |
7832 | On end of file, it returns the empty string. |
7833 | </li> |
7834 | |
7835 | <li><b>"*l":</b> |
7836 | reads the next line (skipping the end of line), |
7837 | returning <b>nil</b> on end of file. |
7838 | This is the default format. |
7839 | </li> |
7840 | |
7841 | <li><b><em>number</em>:</b> |
7842 | reads a string with up to this number of characters, |
7843 | returning <b>nil</b> on end of file. |
7844 | If number is zero, |
7845 | it reads nothing and returns an empty string, |
7846 | or <b>nil</b> on end of file. |
7847 | </li> |
7848 | |
7849 | </ul> |
7850 | |
7851 | |
7852 | |
7853 | <p> |
7854 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-file:seek"><code>file:seek ([whence] [, offset])</code></a></h3> |
7855 | |
7856 | |
7857 | <p> |
7858 | Sets and gets the file position, |
7859 | measured from the beginning of the file, |
7860 | to the position given by <code>offset</code> plus a base |
7861 | specified by the string <code>whence</code>, as follows: |
7862 | |
7863 | <ul> |
7864 | <li><b>"set":</b> base is position 0 (beginning of the file);</li> |
7865 | <li><b>"cur":</b> base is current position;</li> |
7866 | <li><b>"end":</b> base is end of file;</li> |
7867 | </ul><p> |
7868 | In case of success, function <code>seek</code> returns the final file position, |
7869 | measured in bytes from the beginning of the file. |
7870 | If this function fails, it returns <b>nil</b>, |
7871 | plus a string describing the error. |
7872 | |
7873 | |
7874 | <p> |
7875 | The default value for <code>whence</code> is <code>"cur"</code>, |
7876 | and for <code>offset</code> is 0. |
7877 | Therefore, the call <code>file:seek()</code> returns the current |
7878 | file position, without changing it; |
7879 | the call <code>file:seek("set")</code> sets the position to the |
7880 | beginning of the file (and returns 0); |
7881 | and the call <code>file:seek("end")</code> sets the position to the |
7882 | end of the file, and returns its size. |
7883 | |
7884 | |
7885 | |
7886 | |
7887 | <p> |
7888 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-file:setvbuf"><code>file:setvbuf (mode [, size])</code></a></h3> |
7889 | |
7890 | |
7891 | <p> |
7892 | Sets the buffering mode for an output file. |
7893 | There are three available modes: |
7894 | |
7895 | <ul> |
7896 | |
7897 | <li><b>"no":</b> |
7898 | no buffering; the result of any output operation appears immediately. |
7899 | </li> |
7900 | |
7901 | <li><b>"full":</b> |
7902 | full buffering; output operation is performed only |
7903 | when the buffer is full (or when you explicitly <code>flush</code> the file |
7904 | (see <a href="#pdf-io.flush"><code>io.flush</code></a>)). |
7905 | </li> |
7906 | |
7907 | <li><b>"line":</b> |
7908 | line buffering; output is buffered until a newline is output |
7909 | or there is any input from some special files |
7910 | (such as a terminal device). |
7911 | </li> |
7912 | |
7913 | </ul><p> |
7914 | For the last two cases, <code>size</code> |
7915 | specifies the size of the buffer, in bytes. |
7916 | The default is an appropriate size. |
7917 | |
7918 | |
7919 | |
7920 | |
7921 | <p> |
7922 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-file:write"><code>file:write (···)</code></a></h3> |
7923 | |
7924 | |
7925 | <p> |
7926 | Writes the value of each of its arguments to |
7927 | the <code>file</code>. |
7928 | The arguments must be strings or numbers. |
7929 | To write other values, |
7930 | use <a href="#pdf-tostring"><code>tostring</code></a> or <a href="#pdf-string.format"><code>string.format</code></a> before <code>write</code>. |
7931 | |
7932 | |
7933 | |
7934 | |
7935 | |
7936 | |
7937 | |
7938 | <h2>5.8 - <a name="5.8">Operating System Facilities</a></h2> |
7939 | |
7940 | <p> |
7941 | This library is implemented through table <a name="pdf-os"><code>os</code></a>. |
7942 | |
7943 | |
7944 | <p> |
7945 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.clock"><code>os.clock ()</code></a></h3> |
7946 | |
7947 | |
7948 | <p> |
7949 | Returns an approximation of the amount in seconds of CPU time |
7950 | used by the program. |
7951 | |
7952 | |
7953 | |
7954 | |
7955 | <p> |
7956 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.date"><code>os.date ([format [, time]])</code></a></h3> |
7957 | |
7958 | |
7959 | <p> |
7960 | Returns a string or a table containing date and time, |
7961 | formatted according to the given string <code>format</code>. |
7962 | |
7963 | |
7964 | <p> |
7965 | If the <code>time</code> argument is present, |
7966 | this is the time to be formatted |
7967 | (see the <a href="#pdf-os.time"><code>os.time</code></a> function for a description of this value). |
7968 | Otherwise, <code>date</code> formats the current time. |
7969 | |
7970 | |
7971 | <p> |
7972 | If <code>format</code> starts with '<code>!</code>', |
7973 | then the date is formatted in Coordinated Universal Time. |
7974 | After this optional character, |
7975 | if <code>format</code> is the string "<code>*t</code>", |
7976 | then <code>date</code> returns a table with the following fields: |
7977 | <code>year</code> (four digits), <code>month</code> (1--12), <code>day</code> (1--31), |
7978 | <code>hour</code> (0--23), <code>min</code> (0--59), <code>sec</code> (0--61), |
7979 | <code>wday</code> (weekday, Sunday is 1), |
7980 | <code>yday</code> (day of the year), |
7981 | and <code>isdst</code> (daylight saving flag, a boolean). |
7982 | |
7983 | |
7984 | <p> |
7985 | If <code>format</code> is not "<code>*t</code>", |
7986 | then <code>date</code> returns the date as a string, |
7987 | formatted according to the same rules as the C function <code>strftime</code>. |
7988 | |
7989 | |
7990 | <p> |
7991 | When called without arguments, |
7992 | <code>date</code> returns a reasonable date and time representation that depends on |
7993 | the host system and on the current locale |
7994 | (that is, <code>os.date()</code> is equivalent to <code>os.date("%c")</code>). |
7995 | |
7996 | |
7997 | |
7998 | |
7999 | <p> |
8000 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.difftime"><code>os.difftime (t2, t1)</code></a></h3> |
8001 | |
8002 | |
8003 | <p> |
8004 | Returns the number of seconds from time <code>t1</code> to time <code>t2</code>. |
8005 | In POSIX, Windows, and some other systems, |
8006 | this value is exactly <code>t2</code><em>-</em><code>t1</code>. |
8007 | |
8008 | |
8009 | |
8010 | |
8011 | <p> |
8012 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.execute"><code>os.execute ([command])</code></a></h3> |
8013 | |
8014 | |
8015 | <p> |
8016 | This function is equivalent to the C function <code>system</code>. |
8017 | It passes <code>command</code> to be executed by an operating system shell. |
8018 | It returns a status code, which is system-dependent. |
8019 | If <code>command</code> is absent, then it returns nonzero if a shell is available |
8020 | and zero otherwise. |
8021 | |
8022 | |
8023 | |
8024 | |
8025 | <p> |
8026 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.exit"><code>os.exit ([code])</code></a></h3> |
8027 | |
8028 | |
8029 | <p> |
8030 | Calls the C function <code>exit</code>, |
8031 | with an optional <code>code</code>, |
8032 | to terminate the host program. |
8033 | The default value for <code>code</code> is the success code. |
8034 | |
8035 | |
8036 | |
8037 | |
8038 | <p> |
8039 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.getenv"><code>os.getenv (varname)</code></a></h3> |
8040 | |
8041 | |
8042 | <p> |
8043 | Returns the value of the process environment variable <code>varname</code>, |
8044 | or <b>nil</b> if the variable is not defined. |
8045 | |
8046 | |
8047 | |
8048 | |
8049 | <p> |
8050 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.remove"><code>os.remove (filename)</code></a></h3> |
8051 | |
8052 | |
8053 | <p> |
8054 | Deletes the file or directory with the given name. |
8055 | Directories must be empty to be removed. |
8056 | If this function fails, it returns <b>nil</b>, |
8057 | plus a string describing the error. |
8058 | |
8059 | |
8060 | |
8061 | |
8062 | <p> |
8063 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.rename"><code>os.rename (oldname, newname)</code></a></h3> |
8064 | |
8065 | |
8066 | <p> |
8067 | Renames file or directory named <code>oldname</code> to <code>newname</code>. |
8068 | If this function fails, it returns <b>nil</b>, |
8069 | plus a string describing the error. |
8070 | |
8071 | |
8072 | |
8073 | |
8074 | <p> |
8075 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.setlocale"><code>os.setlocale (locale [, category])</code></a></h3> |
8076 | |
8077 | |
8078 | <p> |
8079 | Sets the current locale of the program. |
8080 | <code>locale</code> is a string specifying a locale; |
8081 | <code>category</code> is an optional string describing which category to change: |
8082 | <code>"all"</code>, <code>"collate"</code>, <code>"ctype"</code>, |
8083 | <code>"monetary"</code>, <code>"numeric"</code>, or <code>"time"</code>; |
8084 | the default category is <code>"all"</code>. |
8085 | The function returns the name of the new locale, |
8086 | or <b>nil</b> if the request cannot be honored. |
8087 | |
8088 | |
8089 | <p> |
8090 | If <code>locale</code> is the empty string, |
8091 | the current locale is set to an implementation-defined native locale. |
8092 | If <code>locale</code> is the string "<code>C</code>", |
8093 | the current locale is set to the standard C locale. |
8094 | |
8095 | |
8096 | <p> |
8097 | When called with <b>nil</b> as the first argument, |
8098 | this function only returns the name of the current locale |
8099 | for the given category. |
8100 | |
8101 | |
8102 | |
8103 | |
8104 | <p> |
8105 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.time"><code>os.time ([table])</code></a></h3> |
8106 | |
8107 | |
8108 | <p> |
8109 | Returns the current time when called without arguments, |
8110 | or a time representing the date and time specified by the given table. |
8111 | This table must have fields <code>year</code>, <code>month</code>, and <code>day</code>, |
8112 | and may have fields <code>hour</code>, <code>min</code>, <code>sec</code>, and <code>isdst</code> |
8113 | (for a description of these fields, see the <a href="#pdf-os.date"><code>os.date</code></a> function). |
8114 | |
8115 | |
8116 | <p> |
8117 | The returned value is a number, whose meaning depends on your system. |
8118 | In POSIX, Windows, and some other systems, this number counts the number |
8119 | of seconds since some given start time (the "epoch"). |
8120 | In other systems, the meaning is not specified, |
8121 | and the number returned by <code>time</code> can be used only as an argument to |
8122 | <code>date</code> and <code>difftime</code>. |
8123 | |
8124 | |
8125 | |
8126 | |
8127 | <p> |
8128 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.tmpname"><code>os.tmpname ()</code></a></h3> |
8129 | |
8130 | |
8131 | <p> |
8132 | Returns a string with a file name that can |
8133 | be used for a temporary file. |
8134 | The file must be explicitly opened before its use |
8135 | and explicitly removed when no longer needed. |
8136 | |
8137 | |
8138 | <p> |
8139 | On some systems (POSIX), |
8140 | this function also creates a file with that name, |
8141 | to avoid security risks. |
8142 | (Someone else might create the file with wrong permissions |
8143 | in the time between getting the name and creating the file.) |
8144 | You still have to open the file to use it |
8145 | and to remove it (even if you do not use it). |
8146 | |
8147 | |
8148 | <p> |
8149 | When possible, |
8150 | you may prefer to use <a href="#pdf-io.tmpfile"><code>io.tmpfile</code></a>, |
8151 | which automatically removes the file when the program ends. |
8152 | |
8153 | |
8154 | |
8155 | |
8156 | |
8157 | |
8158 | |
8159 | <h2>5.9 - <a name="5.9">The Debug Library</a></h2> |
8160 | |
8161 | <p> |
8162 | This library provides |
8163 | the functionality of the debug interface to Lua programs. |
8164 | You should exert care when using this library. |
8165 | The functions provided here should be used exclusively for debugging |
8166 | and similar tasks, such as profiling. |
8167 | Please resist the temptation to use them as a |
8168 | usual programming tool: |
8169 | they can be very slow. |
8170 | Moreover, several of these functions |
8171 | violate some assumptions about Lua code |
8172 | (e.g., that variables local to a function |
8173 | cannot be accessed from outside or |
8174 | that userdata metatables cannot be changed by Lua code) |
8175 | and therefore can compromise otherwise secure code. |
8176 | |
8177 | |
8178 | <p> |
8179 | All functions in this library are provided |
8180 | inside the <a name="pdf-debug"><code>debug</code></a> table. |
8181 | All functions that operate over a thread |
8182 | have an optional first argument which is the |
8183 | thread to operate over. |
8184 | The default is always the current thread. |
8185 | |
8186 | |
8187 | <p> |
8188 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.debug"><code>debug.debug ()</code></a></h3> |
8189 | |
8190 | |
8191 | <p> |
8192 | Enters an interactive mode with the user, |
8193 | running each string that the user enters. |
8194 | Using simple commands and other debug facilities, |
8195 | the user can inspect global and local variables, |
8196 | change their values, evaluate expressions, and so on. |
8197 | A line containing only the word <code>cont</code> finishes this function, |
8198 | so that the caller continues its execution. |
8199 | |
8200 | |
8201 | <p> |
8202 | Note that commands for <code>debug.debug</code> are not lexically nested |
8203 | within any function, and so have no direct access to local variables. |
8204 | |
8205 | |
8206 | |
8207 | |
8208 | <p> |
8209 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.getfenv"><code>debug.getfenv (o)</code></a></h3> |
8210 | Returns the environment of object <code>o</code>. |
8211 | |
8212 | |
8213 | |
8214 | |
8215 | <p> |
8216 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.gethook"><code>debug.gethook ([thread])</code></a></h3> |
8217 | |
8218 | |
8219 | <p> |
8220 | Returns the current hook settings of the thread, as three values: |
8221 | the current hook function, the current hook mask, |
8222 | and the current hook count |
8223 | (as set by the <a href="#pdf-debug.sethook"><code>debug.sethook</code></a> function). |
8224 | |
8225 | |
8226 | |
8227 | |
8228 | <p> |
8229 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.getinfo"><code>debug.getinfo ([thread,] function [, what])</code></a></h3> |
8230 | |
8231 | |
8232 | <p> |
8233 | Returns a table with information about a function. |
8234 | You can give the function directly, |
8235 | or you can give a number as the value of <code>function</code>, |
8236 | which means the function running at level <code>function</code> of the call stack |
8237 | of the given thread: |
8238 | level 0 is the current function (<code>getinfo</code> itself); |
8239 | level 1 is the function that called <code>getinfo</code>; |
8240 | and so on. |
8241 | If <code>function</code> is a number larger than the number of active functions, |
8242 | then <code>getinfo</code> returns <b>nil</b>. |
8243 | |
8244 | |
8245 | <p> |
8246 | The returned table can contain all the fields returned by <a href="#lua_getinfo"><code>lua_getinfo</code></a>, |
8247 | with the string <code>what</code> describing which fields to fill in. |
8248 | The default for <code>what</code> is to get all information available, |
8249 | except the table of valid lines. |
8250 | If present, |
8251 | the option '<code>f</code>' |
8252 | adds a field named <code>func</code> with the function itself. |
8253 | If present, |
8254 | the option '<code>L</code>' |
8255 | adds a field named <code>activelines</code> with the table of |
8256 | valid lines. |
8257 | |
8258 | |
8259 | <p> |
8260 | For instance, the expression <code>debug.getinfo(1,"n").name</code> returns |
8261 | a table with a name for the current function, |
8262 | if a reasonable name can be found, |
8263 | and the expression <code>debug.getinfo(print)</code> |
8264 | returns a table with all available information |
8265 | about the <a href="#pdf-print"><code>print</code></a> function. |
8266 | |
8267 | |
8268 | |
8269 | |
8270 | <p> |
8271 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.getlocal"><code>debug.getlocal ([thread,] level, local)</code></a></h3> |
8272 | |
8273 | |
8274 | <p> |
8275 | This function returns the name and the value of the local variable |
8276 | with index <code>local</code> of the function at level <code>level</code> of the stack. |
8277 | (The first parameter or local variable has index 1, and so on, |
8278 | until the last active local variable.) |
8279 | The function returns <b>nil</b> if there is no local |
8280 | variable with the given index, |
8281 | and raises an error when called with a <code>level</code> out of range. |
8282 | (You can call <a href="#pdf-debug.getinfo"><code>debug.getinfo</code></a> to check whether the level is valid.) |
8283 | |
8284 | |
8285 | <p> |
8286 | Variable names starting with '<code>(</code>' (open parentheses) |
8287 | represent internal variables |
8288 | (loop control variables, temporaries, and C function locals). |
8289 | |
8290 | |
8291 | |
8292 | |
8293 | <p> |
8294 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.getmetatable"><code>debug.getmetatable (object)</code></a></h3> |
8295 | |
8296 | |
8297 | <p> |
8298 | Returns the metatable of the given <code>object</code> |
8299 | or <b>nil</b> if it does not have a metatable. |
8300 | |
8301 | |
8302 | |
8303 | |
8304 | <p> |
8305 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.getregistry"><code>debug.getregistry ()</code></a></h3> |
8306 | |
8307 | |
8308 | <p> |
8309 | Returns the registry table (see <a href="#3.5">§3.5</a>). |
8310 | |
8311 | |
8312 | |
8313 | |
8314 | <p> |
8315 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.getupvalue"><code>debug.getupvalue (func, up)</code></a></h3> |
8316 | |
8317 | |
8318 | <p> |
8319 | This function returns the name and the value of the upvalue |
8320 | with index <code>up</code> of the function <code>func</code>. |
8321 | The function returns <b>nil</b> if there is no upvalue with the given index. |
8322 | |
8323 | |
8324 | |
8325 | |
8326 | <p> |
8327 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.setfenv"><code>debug.setfenv (object, table)</code></a></h3> |
8328 | |
8329 | |
8330 | <p> |
8331 | Sets the environment of the given <code>object</code> to the given <code>table</code>. |
8332 | Returns <code>object</code>. |
8333 | |
8334 | |
8335 | |
8336 | |
8337 | <p> |
8338 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.sethook"><code>debug.sethook ([thread,] hook, mask [, count])</code></a></h3> |
8339 | |
8340 | |
8341 | <p> |
8342 | Sets the given function as a hook. |
8343 | The string <code>mask</code> and the number <code>count</code> describe |
8344 | when the hook will be called. |
8345 | The string mask may have the following characters, |
8346 | with the given meaning: |
8347 | |
8348 | <ul> |
8349 | <li><b><code>"c"</code>:</b> the hook is called every time Lua calls a function;</li> |
8350 | <li><b><code>"r"</code>:</b> the hook is called every time Lua returns from a function;</li> |
8351 | <li><b><code>"l"</code>:</b> the hook is called every time Lua enters a new line of code.</li> |
8352 | </ul><p> |
8353 | With a <code>count</code> different from zero, |
8354 | the hook is called after every <code>count</code> instructions. |
8355 | |
8356 | |
8357 | <p> |
8358 | When called without arguments, |
8359 | <a href="#pdf-debug.sethook"><code>debug.sethook</code></a> turns off the hook. |
8360 | |
8361 | |
8362 | <p> |
8363 | When the hook is called, its first parameter is a string |
8364 | describing the event that has triggered its call: |
8365 | <code>"call"</code>, <code>"return"</code> (or <code>"tail return"</code>, |
8366 | when simulating a return from a tail call), |
8367 | <code>"line"</code>, and <code>"count"</code>. |
8368 | For line events, |
8369 | the hook also gets the new line number as its second parameter. |
8370 | Inside a hook, |
8371 | you can call <code>getinfo</code> with level 2 to get more information about |
8372 | the running function |
8373 | (level 0 is the <code>getinfo</code> function, |
8374 | and level 1 is the hook function), |
8375 | unless the event is <code>"tail return"</code>. |
8376 | In this case, Lua is only simulating the return, |
8377 | and a call to <code>getinfo</code> will return invalid data. |
8378 | |
8379 | |
8380 | |
8381 | |
8382 | <p> |
8383 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.setlocal"><code>debug.setlocal ([thread,] level, local, value)</code></a></h3> |
8384 | |
8385 | |
8386 | <p> |
8387 | This function assigns the value <code>value</code> to the local variable |
8388 | with index <code>local</code> of the function at level <code>level</code> of the stack. |
8389 | The function returns <b>nil</b> if there is no local |
8390 | variable with the given index, |
8391 | and raises an error when called with a <code>level</code> out of range. |
8392 | (You can call <code>getinfo</code> to check whether the level is valid.) |
8393 | Otherwise, it returns the name of the local variable. |
8394 | |
8395 | |
8396 | |
8397 | |
8398 | <p> |
8399 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.setmetatable"><code>debug.setmetatable (object, table)</code></a></h3> |
8400 | |
8401 | |
8402 | <p> |
8403 | Sets the metatable for the given <code>object</code> to the given <code>table</code> |
8404 | (which can be <b>nil</b>). |
8405 | |
8406 | |
8407 | |
8408 | |
8409 | <p> |
8410 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.setupvalue"><code>debug.setupvalue (func, up, value)</code></a></h3> |
8411 | |
8412 | |
8413 | <p> |
8414 | This function assigns the value <code>value</code> to the upvalue |
8415 | with index <code>up</code> of the function <code>func</code>. |
8416 | The function returns <b>nil</b> if there is no upvalue |
8417 | with the given index. |
8418 | Otherwise, it returns the name of the upvalue. |
8419 | |
8420 | |
8421 | |
8422 | |
8423 | <p> |
8424 | <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.traceback"><code>debug.traceback ([thread,] [message] [, level])</code></a></h3> |
8425 | |
8426 | |
8427 | <p> |
8428 | Returns a string with a traceback of the call stack. |
8429 | An optional <code>message</code> string is appended |
8430 | at the beginning of the traceback. |
8431 | An optional <code>level</code> number tells at which level |
8432 | to start the traceback |
8433 | (default is 1, the function calling <code>traceback</code>). |
8434 | |
8435 | |
8436 | |
8437 | |
8438 | |
8439 | |
8440 | |
8441 | <h1>6 - <a name="6">Lua Stand-alone</a></h1> |
8442 | |
8443 | <p> |
8444 | Although Lua has been designed as an extension language, |
8445 | to be embedded in a host C program, |
8446 | it is also frequently used as a stand-alone language. |
8447 | An interpreter for Lua as a stand-alone language, |
8448 | called simply <code>lua</code>, |
8449 | is provided with the standard distribution. |
8450 | The stand-alone interpreter includes |
8451 | all standard libraries, including the debug library. |
8452 | Its usage is: |
8453 | |
8454 | <pre> |
8455 | lua [options] [script [args]] |
8456 | </pre><p> |
8457 | The options are: |
8458 | |
8459 | <ul> |
8460 | <li><b><code>-e <em>stat</em></code>:</b> executes string <em>stat</em>;</li> |
8461 | <li><b><code>-l <em>mod</em></code>:</b> "requires" <em>mod</em>;</li> |
8462 | <li><b><code>-i</code>:</b> enters interactive mode after running <em>script</em>;</li> |
8463 | <li><b><code>-v</code>:</b> prints version information;</li> |
8464 | <li><b><code>--</code>:</b> stops handling options;</li> |
8465 | <li><b><code>-</code>:</b> executes <code>stdin</code> as a file and stops handling options.</li> |
8466 | </ul><p> |
8467 | After handling its options, <code>lua</code> runs the given <em>script</em>, |
8468 | passing to it the given <em>args</em> as string arguments. |
8469 | When called without arguments, |
8470 | <code>lua</code> behaves as <code>lua -v -i</code> |
8471 | when the standard input (<code>stdin</code>) is a terminal, |
8472 | and as <code>lua -</code> otherwise. |
8473 | |
8474 | |
8475 | <p> |
8476 | Before running any argument, |
8477 | the interpreter checks for an environment variable <a name="pdf-LUA_INIT"><code>LUA_INIT</code></a>. |
8478 | If its format is <code>@<em>filename</em></code>, |
8479 | then <code>lua</code> executes the file. |
8480 | Otherwise, <code>lua</code> executes the string itself. |
8481 | |
8482 | |
8483 | <p> |
8484 | All options are handled in order, except <code>-i</code>. |
8485 | For instance, an invocation like |
8486 | |
8487 | <pre> |
8488 | $ lua -e'a=1' -e 'print(a)' script.lua |
8489 | </pre><p> |
8490 | will first set <code>a</code> to 1, then print the value of <code>a</code> (which is '<code>1</code>'), |
8491 | and finally run the file <code>script.lua</code> with no arguments. |
8492 | (Here <code>$</code> is the shell prompt. Your prompt may be different.) |
8493 | |
8494 | |
8495 | <p> |
8496 | Before starting to run the script, |
8497 | <code>lua</code> collects all arguments in the command line |
8498 | in a global table called <code>arg</code>. |
8499 | The script name is stored at index 0, |
8500 | the first argument after the script name goes to index 1, |
8501 | and so on. |
8502 | Any arguments before the script name |
8503 | (that is, the interpreter name plus the options) |
8504 | go to negative indices. |
8505 | For instance, in the call |
8506 | |
8507 | <pre> |
8508 | $ lua -la b.lua t1 t2 |
8509 | </pre><p> |
8510 | the interpreter first runs the file <code>a.lua</code>, |
8511 | then creates a table |
8512 | |
8513 | <pre> |
8514 | arg = { [-2] = "lua", [-1] = "-la", |
8515 | [0] = "b.lua", |
8516 | [1] = "t1", [2] = "t2" } |
8517 | </pre><p> |
8518 | and finally runs the file <code>b.lua</code>. |
8519 | The script is called with <code>arg[1]</code>, <code>arg[2]</code>, ··· |
8520 | as arguments; |
8521 | it can also access these arguments with the vararg expression '<code>...</code>'. |
8522 | |
8523 | |
8524 | <p> |
8525 | In interactive mode, |
8526 | if you write an incomplete statement, |
8527 | the interpreter waits for its completion |
8528 | by issuing a different prompt. |
8529 | |
8530 | |
8531 | <p> |
8532 | If the global variable <a name="pdf-_PROMPT"><code>_PROMPT</code></a> contains a string, |
8533 | then its value is used as the prompt. |
8534 | Similarly, if the global variable <a name="pdf-_PROMPT2"><code>_PROMPT2</code></a> contains a string, |
8535 | its value is used as the secondary prompt |
8536 | (issued during incomplete statements). |
8537 | Therefore, both prompts can be changed directly on the command line |
8538 | or in any Lua programs by assigning to <code>_PROMPT</code>. |
8539 | See the next example: |
8540 | |
8541 | <pre> |
8542 | $ lua -e"_PROMPT='myprompt> '" -i |
8543 | </pre><p> |
8544 | (The outer pair of quotes is for the shell, |
8545 | the inner pair is for Lua.) |
8546 | Note the use of <code>-i</code> to enter interactive mode; |
8547 | otherwise, |
8548 | the program would just end silently |
8549 | right after the assignment to <code>_PROMPT</code>. |
8550 | |
8551 | |
8552 | <p> |
8553 | To allow the use of Lua as a |
8554 | script interpreter in Unix systems, |
8555 | the stand-alone interpreter skips |
8556 | the first line of a chunk if it starts with <code>#</code>. |
8557 | Therefore, Lua scripts can be made into executable programs |
8558 | by using <code>chmod +x</code> and the <code>#!</code> form, |
8559 | as in |
8560 | |
8561 | <pre> |
8562 | #!/usr/local/bin/lua |
8563 | </pre><p> |
8564 | (Of course, |
8565 | the location of the Lua interpreter may be different in your machine. |
8566 | If <code>lua</code> is in your <code>PATH</code>, |
8567 | then |
8568 | |
8569 | <pre> |
8570 | #!/usr/bin/env lua |
8571 | </pre><p> |
8572 | is a more portable solution.) |
8573 | |
8574 | |
8575 | |
8576 | <h1>7 - <a name="7">Incompatibilities with the Previous Version</a></h1> |
8577 | |
8578 | <p> |
8579 | Here we list the incompatibilities that you may find when moving a program |
8580 | from Lua 5.0 to Lua 5.1. |
8581 | You can avoid most of the incompatibilities compiling Lua with |
8582 | appropriate options (see file <code>luaconf.h</code>). |
8583 | However, |
8584 | all these compatibility options will be removed in the next version of Lua. |
8585 | |
8586 | |
8587 | |
8588 | <h2>7.1 - <a name="7.1">Changes in the Language</a></h2> |
8589 | <ul> |
8590 | |
8591 | <li> |
8592 | The vararg system changed from the pseudo-argument <code>arg</code> with a |
8593 | table with the extra arguments to the vararg expression. |
8594 | (See compile-time option <code>LUA_COMPAT_VARARG</code> in <code>luaconf.h</code>.) |
8595 | </li> |
8596 | |
8597 | <li> |
8598 | There was a subtle change in the scope of the implicit |
8599 | variables of the <b>for</b> statement and for the <b>repeat</b> statement. |
8600 | </li> |
8601 | |
8602 | <li> |
8603 | The long string/long comment syntax (<code>[[<em>string</em>]]</code>) |
8604 | does not allow nesting. |
8605 | You can use the new syntax (<code>[=[<em>string</em>]=]</code>) in these cases. |
8606 | (See compile-time option <code>LUA_COMPAT_LSTR</code> in <code>luaconf.h</code>.) |
8607 | </li> |
8608 | |
8609 | </ul> |
8610 | |
8611 | |
8612 | |
8613 | |
8614 | <h2>7.2 - <a name="7.2">Changes in the Libraries</a></h2> |
8615 | <ul> |
8616 | |
8617 | <li> |
8618 | Function <code>string.gfind</code> was renamed <a href="#pdf-string.gmatch"><code>string.gmatch</code></a>. |
8619 | (See compile-time option <code>LUA_COMPAT_GFIND</code> in <code>luaconf.h</code>.) |
8620 | </li> |
8621 | |
8622 | <li> |
8623 | When <a href="#pdf-string.gsub"><code>string.gsub</code></a> is called with a function as its |
8624 | third argument, |
8625 | whenever this function returns <b>nil</b> or <b>false</b> the |
8626 | replacement string is the whole match, |
8627 | instead of the empty string. |
8628 | </li> |
8629 | |
8630 | <li> |
8631 | Function <code>table.setn</code> was deprecated. |
8632 | Function <code>table.getn</code> corresponds |
8633 | to the new length operator (<code>#</code>); |
8634 | use the operator instead of the function. |
8635 | (See compile-time option <code>LUA_COMPAT_GETN</code> in <code>luaconf.h</code>.) |
8636 | </li> |
8637 | |
8638 | <li> |
8639 | Function <code>loadlib</code> was renamed <a href="#pdf-package.loadlib"><code>package.loadlib</code></a>. |
8640 | (See compile-time option <code>LUA_COMPAT_LOADLIB</code> in <code>luaconf.h</code>.) |
8641 | </li> |
8642 | |
8643 | <li> |
8644 | Function <code>math.mod</code> was renamed <a href="#pdf-math.fmod"><code>math.fmod</code></a>. |
8645 | (See compile-time option <code>LUA_COMPAT_MOD</code> in <code>luaconf.h</code>.) |
8646 | </li> |
8647 | |
8648 | <li> |
8649 | Functions <code>table.foreach</code> and <code>table.foreachi</code> are deprecated. |
8650 | You can use a for loop with <code>pairs</code> or <code>ipairs</code> instead. |
8651 | </li> |
8652 | |
8653 | <li> |
8654 | There were substantial changes in function <a href="#pdf-require"><code>require</code></a> due to |
8655 | the new module system. |
8656 | However, the new behavior is mostly compatible with the old, |
8657 | but <code>require</code> gets the path from <a href="#pdf-package.path"><code>package.path</code></a> instead |
8658 | of from <code>LUA_PATH</code>. |
8659 | </li> |
8660 | |
8661 | <li> |
8662 | Function <a href="#pdf-collectgarbage"><code>collectgarbage</code></a> has different arguments. |
8663 | Function <code>gcinfo</code> is deprecated; |
8664 | use <code>collectgarbage("count")</code> instead. |
8665 | </li> |
8666 | |
8667 | </ul> |
8668 | |
8669 | |
8670 | |
8671 | |
8672 | <h2>7.3 - <a name="7.3">Changes in the API</a></h2> |
8673 | <ul> |
8674 | |
8675 | <li> |
8676 | The <code>luaopen_*</code> functions (to open libraries) |
8677 | cannot be called directly, |
8678 | like a regular C function. |
8679 | They must be called through Lua, |
8680 | like a Lua function. |
8681 | </li> |
8682 | |
8683 | <li> |
8684 | Function <code>lua_open</code> was replaced by <a href="#lua_newstate"><code>lua_newstate</code></a> to |
8685 | allow the user to set a memory-allocation function. |
8686 | You can use <a href="#luaL_newstate"><code>luaL_newstate</code></a> from the standard library to |
8687 | create a state with a standard allocation function |
8688 | (based on <code>realloc</code>). |
8689 | </li> |
8690 | |
8691 | <li> |
8692 | Functions <code>luaL_getn</code> and <code>luaL_setn</code> |
8693 | (from the auxiliary library) are deprecated. |
8694 | Use <a href="#lua_objlen"><code>lua_objlen</code></a> instead of <code>luaL_getn</code> |
8695 | and nothing instead of <code>luaL_setn</code>. |
8696 | </li> |
8697 | |
8698 | <li> |
8699 | Function <code>luaL_openlib</code> was replaced by <a href="#luaL_register"><code>luaL_register</code></a>. |
8700 | </li> |
8701 | |
8702 | <li> |
8703 | Function <code>luaL_checkudata</code> now throws an error when the given value |
8704 | is not a userdata of the expected type. |
8705 | (In Lua 5.0 it returned <code>NULL</code>.) |
8706 | </li> |
8707 | |
8708 | </ul> |
8709 | |
8710 | |
8711 | |
8712 | |
8713 | <h1>8 - <a name="8">The Complete Syntax of Lua</a></h1> |
8714 | |
8715 | <p> |
8716 | Here is the complete syntax of Lua in extended BNF. |
8717 | (It does not describe operator precedences.) |
8718 | |
8719 | |
8720 | |
8721 | |
8722 | <pre> |
8723 | |
8724 | chunk ::= {stat [`<b>;</b>´]} [laststat [`<b>;</b>´]] |
8725 | |
8726 | block ::= chunk |
8727 | |
8728 | stat ::= varlist `<b>=</b>´ explist | |
8729 | functioncall | |
8730 | <b>do</b> block <b>end</b> | |
8731 | <b>while</b> exp <b>do</b> block <b>end</b> | |
8732 | <b>repeat</b> block <b>until</b> exp | |
8733 | <b>if</b> exp <b>then</b> block {<b>elseif</b> exp <b>then</b> block} [<b>else</b> block] <b>end</b> | |
8734 | <b>for</b> Name `<b>=</b>´ exp `<b>,</b>´ exp [`<b>,</b>´ exp] <b>do</b> block <b>end</b> | |
8735 | <b>for</b> namelist <b>in</b> explist <b>do</b> block <b>end</b> | |
8736 | <b>function</b> funcname funcbody | |
8737 | <b>local</b> <b>function</b> Name funcbody | |
8738 | <b>local</b> namelist [`<b>=</b>´ explist] |
8739 | |
8740 | laststat ::= <b>return</b> [explist] | <b>break</b> |
8741 | |
8742 | funcname ::= Name {`<b>.</b>´ Name} [`<b>:</b>´ Name] |
8743 | |
8744 | varlist ::= var {`<b>,</b>´ var} |
8745 | |
8746 | var ::= Name | prefixexp `<b>[</b>´ exp `<b>]</b>´ | prefixexp `<b>.</b>´ Name |
8747 | |
8748 | namelist ::= Name {`<b>,</b>´ Name} |
8749 | |
8750 | explist ::= {exp `<b>,</b>´} exp |
8751 | |
8752 | exp ::= <b>nil</b> | <b>false</b> | <b>true</b> | Number | String | `<b>...</b>´ | function | |
8753 | prefixexp | tableconstructor | exp binop exp | unop exp |
8754 | |
8755 | prefixexp ::= var | functioncall | `<b>(</b>´ exp `<b>)</b>´ |
8756 | |
8757 | functioncall ::= prefixexp args | prefixexp `<b>:</b>´ Name args |
8758 | |
8759 | args ::= `<b>(</b>´ [explist] `<b>)</b>´ | tableconstructor | String |
8760 | |
8761 | function ::= <b>function</b> funcbody |
8762 | |
8763 | funcbody ::= `<b>(</b>´ [parlist] `<b>)</b>´ block <b>end</b> |
8764 | |
8765 | parlist ::= namelist [`<b>,</b>´ `<b>...</b>´] | `<b>...</b>´ |
8766 | |
8767 | tableconstructor ::= `<b>{</b>´ [fieldlist] `<b>}</b>´ |
8768 | |
8769 | fieldlist ::= field {fieldsep field} [fieldsep] |
8770 | |
8771 | field ::= `<b>[</b>´ exp `<b>]</b>´ `<b>=</b>´ exp | Name `<b>=</b>´ exp | exp |
8772 | |
8773 | fieldsep ::= `<b>,</b>´ | `<b>;</b>´ |
8774 | |
8775 | binop ::= `<b>+</b>´ | `<b>-</b>´ | `<b>*</b>´ | `<b>/</b>´ | `<b>^</b>´ | `<b>%</b>´ | `<b>..</b>´ | |
8776 | `<b><</b>´ | `<b><=</b>´ | `<b>></b>´ | `<b>>=</b>´ | `<b>==</b>´ | `<b>~=</b>´ | |
8777 | <b>and</b> | <b>or</b> |
8778 | |
8779 | unop ::= `<b>-</b>´ | <b>not</b> | `<b>#</b>´ |
8780 | |
8781 | </pre> |
8782 | |
8783 | <p> |
8784 | |
8785 | |
8786 | |
8787 | |
8788 | |
8789 | |
8790 | |
8791 | <HR> |
8792 | <SMALL> |
8793 | Last update: |
8794 | Mon Aug 18 13:25:46 BRT 2008 |
8795 | </SMALL> |
8796 | <!-- |
8797 | Last change: revised for Lua 5.1.4 |
8798 | --> |
8799 | |
8800 | </body></html> |
8801 | |